2007-12-25 05:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.249 2007/12/25 04:00:43 momjian Exp $ -->
|
2000-03-31 05:27:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<chapter id="libpq">
|
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> - C Library</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq">
|
|
|
|
<primary>libpq</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq">
|
|
|
|
<primary>C</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> is the <acronym>C</acronym>
|
|
|
|
application programmer's interface to <productname>PostgreSQL</>.
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> is a set of library functions that allow
|
|
|
|
client programs to pass queries to the <productname>PostgreSQL</>
|
|
|
|
backend server and to receive the results of these queries.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> is also the underlying engine for several
|
|
|
|
other <productname>PostgreSQL</> application interfaces, including
|
|
|
|
those written for C++, Perl, Python, Tcl and <application>ECPG</>.
|
|
|
|
So some aspects of <application>libpq</>'s behavior will be
|
|
|
|
important to you if you use one of those packages. In particular,
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="libpq-envars">,
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="libpq-pgpass"> and
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="libpq-ssl">
|
|
|
|
describe behavior that is visible to the user of any application
|
|
|
|
that uses <application>libpq</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Some short programs are included at the end of this chapter (<xref linkend="libpq-example">) to show how
|
|
|
|
to write programs that use <application>libpq</application>. There are also several
|
|
|
|
complete examples of <application>libpq</application> applications in the
|
|
|
|
directory <filename>src/test/examples</filename> in the source code distribution.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Client programs that use <application>libpq</application> must
|
|
|
|
include the header file
|
|
|
|
<filename>libpq-fe.h</filename><indexterm><primary>libpq-fe.h</></>
|
|
|
|
and must link with the <application>libpq</application> library.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-connect">
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<title>Database Connection Control Functions</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The following functions deal with making a connection to a
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> backend server. An
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
application program can have several backend connections open at
|
|
|
|
one time. (One reason to do that is to access more than one
|
|
|
|
database.) Each connection is represented by a
|
2004-12-28 23:47:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</><indexterm><primary>PGconn</></> object, which
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
is obtained from the function <function>PQconnectdb</> or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetdbLogin</>. Note that these functions will always
|
|
|
|
return a non-null object pointer, unless perhaps there is too
|
|
|
|
little memory even to allocate the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
|
|
|
The <function>PQstatus</> function should be called to check
|
|
|
|
whether a connection was successfully made before queries are sent
|
|
|
|
via the connection object.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectdb</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectdb</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Makes a new connection to the database server.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGconn *PQconnectdb(const char *conninfo);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function opens a new database connection using the parameters taken
|
|
|
|
from the string <literal>conninfo</literal>. Unlike <function>PQsetdbLogin</> below,
|
|
|
|
the parameter set can be extended without changing the function signature,
|
|
|
|
so use of this function (or its nonblocking analogues <function>PQconnectStart</>
|
|
|
|
and <function>PQconnectPoll</function>) is preferred for new application programming.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The passed string
|
|
|
|
can be empty to use all default parameters, or it can contain one or more
|
|
|
|
parameter settings separated by whitespace.
|
|
|
|
Each parameter setting is in the form <literal>keyword = value</literal>.
|
|
|
|
Spaces around the equal sign are optional.
|
|
|
|
To write an empty value or a value containing
|
|
|
|
spaces, surround it with single quotes, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<literal>keyword = 'a value'</literal>.
|
|
|
|
Single quotes and backslashes within the value must be escaped with a
|
|
|
|
backslash, i.e., <literal>\'</literal> and <literal>\\</literal>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The currently recognized parameter key words are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>host</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Name of host to connect to.<indexterm><primary>host name</></>
|
|
|
|
If this begins with a slash, it specifies Unix-domain
|
|
|
|
communication rather than TCP/IP communication; the value is the
|
|
|
|
name of the directory in which the socket file is stored. The
|
|
|
|
default behavior when <literal>host</literal> is not specified
|
|
|
|
is to connect to a Unix-domain
|
|
|
|
socket<indexterm><primary>Unix domain socket</></> in
|
|
|
|
<filename>/tmp</filename> (or whatever socket directory was specified
|
|
|
|
when <productname>PostgreSQL</> was built). On machines without
|
|
|
|
Unix-domain sockets, the default is to connect to <literal>localhost</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>hostaddr</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Numeric IP address of host to connect to. This should be in the
|
|
|
|
standard IPv4 address format, e.g., <literal>172.28.40.9</>. If
|
|
|
|
your machine supports IPv6, you can also use those addresses.
|
|
|
|
TCP/IP communication is
|
|
|
|
always used when a nonempty string is specified for this parameter.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Using <literal>hostaddr</> instead of <literal>host</> allows the
|
|
|
|
application to avoid a host name look-up, which might be important in
|
|
|
|
applications with time constraints. However, Kerberos and GSSAPI authentication
|
|
|
|
requires the host name. The following therefore applies: If
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> is specified without <literal>hostaddr</>, a host name
|
|
|
|
lookup occurs. If <literal>hostaddr</> is specified without
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</>, the value for <literal>hostaddr</> gives the remote
|
|
|
|
address. When Kerberos is used, a reverse name query occurs to obtain
|
|
|
|
the host name for Kerberos. If both
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> and <literal>hostaddr</> are specified, the value for
|
|
|
|
<literal>hostaddr</> gives the remote address; the value for
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> is ignored, unless Kerberos is used, in which case that
|
|
|
|
value is used for Kerberos authentication. (Note that authentication is
|
|
|
|
likely to fail if <application>libpq</application> is passed a host name
|
|
|
|
that is not the name of the machine at <literal>hostaddr</>.) Also,
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> rather than <literal>hostaddr</> is used to identify
|
|
|
|
the connection in <filename>~/.pgpass</> (see
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="libpq-pgpass">).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Without either a host name or host address,
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> will connect using a
|
|
|
|
local Unix-domain socket; or on machines without Unix-domain
|
|
|
|
sockets, it will attempt to connect to <literal>localhost</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>port</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Port number to connect to at the server host, or socket file
|
|
|
|
name extension for Unix-domain
|
|
|
|
connections.<indexterm><primary>port</></>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>dbname</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
The database name. Defaults to be the same as the user name.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>user</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> user name to connect as.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to be the same as the operating system name of the user
|
|
|
|
running the application.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>password</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Password to be used if the server demands password authentication.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>connect_timeout</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Maximum wait for connection, in seconds (write as a decimal integer
|
|
|
|
string). Zero or not specified means wait indefinitely. It is not
|
|
|
|
recommended to use a timeout of less than 2 seconds.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>options</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Command-line options to be sent to the server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>tty</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Ignored (formerly, this specified where to send server debug output).
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>sslmode</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This option determines whether or with what priority an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection will be negotiated with the
|
|
|
|
server. There are four modes: <literal>disable</> will attempt
|
|
|
|
only an unencrypted <acronym>SSL</> connection;
|
|
|
|
<literal>allow</> will negotiate, trying first a
|
|
|
|
non-<acronym>SSL</> connection, then if that fails, trying an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection; <literal>prefer</> (the default)
|
|
|
|
will negotiate, trying first an <acronym>SSL</> connection,
|
|
|
|
then if that fails, trying a regular non-<acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection; <literal>require</> will try only an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If <productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled without SSL support,
|
|
|
|
using option <literal>require</> will cause an error, while
|
|
|
|
options <literal>allow</> and <literal>prefer</> will be
|
|
|
|
accepted but <application>libpq</> will not in fact attempt
|
|
|
|
an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection.<indexterm><primary>SSL</><secondary
|
|
|
|
sortas="libpq">with libpq</></indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>requiressl</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This option is deprecated in favor of the <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If set to 1, an <acronym>SSL</acronym> connection to the server
|
|
|
|
is required (this is equivalent to <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
<literal>require</>). <application>libpq</> will then refuse
|
|
|
|
to connect if the server does not accept an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</acronym> connection. If set to 0 (default),
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> will negotiate the connection type with
|
|
|
|
the server (equivalent to <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
<literal>prefer</>). This option is only available if
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled with SSL support.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>krbsrvname</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Kerberos service name to use when authenticating with Kerberos 5
|
|
|
|
or GSSAPI.
|
|
|
|
This must match the service name specified in the server
|
|
|
|
configuration for Kerberos authentication to succeed. (See also
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="kerberos-auth"> and <xref linkend="gssapi-auth">.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>gsslib</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
GSS library to use for GSSAPI authentication. Only used on Windows.
|
|
|
|
Set to <literal>gssapi</literal> to force libpq to use the GSSAPI
|
|
|
|
library for authentication instead of the default SSPI.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>service</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Service name to use for additional parameters. It specifies a service
|
|
|
|
name in <filename>pg_service.conf</filename> that holds additional connection parameters.
|
|
|
|
This allows applications to specify only a service name so connection parameters
|
|
|
|
can be centrally maintained. See <xref linkend="libpq-pgservice">.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If any parameter is unspecified, then the corresponding
|
|
|
|
environment variable (see <xref linkend="libpq-envars">)
|
|
|
|
is checked. If the environment variable is not set either,
|
|
|
|
then the indicated built-in defaults are used.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsetdbLogin</function><indexterm><primary>PQsetdbLogin</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Makes a new connection to the database server.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
PGconn *PQsetdbLogin(const char *pghost,
|
|
|
|
const char *pgport,
|
|
|
|
const char *pgoptions,
|
|
|
|
const char *pgtty,
|
|
|
|
const char *dbName,
|
|
|
|
const char *login,
|
|
|
|
const char *pwd);
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is the predecessor of <function>PQconnectdb</function> with a fixed
|
|
|
|
set of parameters. It has the same functionality except that the
|
|
|
|
missing parameters will always take on default values. Write <symbol>NULL</symbol> or an
|
|
|
|
empty string for any one of the fixed parameters that is to be defaulted.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If the <parameter>dbName</parameter> contains an <symbol>=</symbol> sign, it
|
|
|
|
is taken as a <parameter>conninfo</parameter> string in exactly the same way as
|
|
|
|
if it had been passed to <function>PQconnectdb</function>, and the remaining
|
|
|
|
parameters are then applied as above.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsetdb</function><indexterm><primary>PQsetdb</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Makes a new connection to the database server.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGconn *PQsetdb(char *pghost,
|
|
|
|
char *pgport,
|
|
|
|
char *pgoptions,
|
|
|
|
char *pgtty,
|
|
|
|
char *dbName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This is a macro that calls <function>PQsetdbLogin</function> with null pointers
|
|
|
|
for the <parameter>login</> and <parameter>pwd</> parameters. It is provided
|
|
|
|
for backward compatibility with very old programs.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectStart</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectStart</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectPoll</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectPoll</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>nonblocking connection</primary></indexterm>
|
|
|
|
Make a connection to the database server in a nonblocking manner.
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGconn *PQconnectStart(const char *conninfo);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PostgresPollingStatusType PQconnectPoll(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These two functions are used to open a connection to a database server such
|
|
|
|
that your application's thread of execution is not blocked on remote I/O
|
|
|
|
whilst doing so.
|
|
|
|
The point of this approach is that the waits for I/O to complete can occur
|
|
|
|
in the application's main loop, rather than down inside
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectdb</>, and so the application can manage this
|
|
|
|
operation in parallel with other activities.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The database connection is made using the parameters taken from the string
|
|
|
|
<literal>conninfo</literal>, passed to <function>PQconnectStart</function>. This string is in
|
|
|
|
the same format as described above for <function>PQconnectdb</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Neither <function>PQconnectStart</function> nor <function>PQconnectPoll</function> will block, so long as a number of
|
|
|
|
restrictions are met:
|
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
The <literal>hostaddr</> and <literal>host</> parameters are used appropriately to ensure that
|
|
|
|
name and reverse name queries are not made. See the documentation of
|
|
|
|
these parameters under <function>PQconnectdb</function> above for details.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
If you call <function>PQtrace</function>, ensure that the stream object
|
|
|
|
into which you trace will not block.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
You ensure that the socket is in the appropriate state
|
|
|
|
before calling <function>PQconnectPoll</function>, as described below.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
To begin a nonblocking connection request, call <literal>conn = PQconnectStart("<replaceable>connection_info_string</>")</literal>.
|
|
|
|
If <varname>conn</varname> is null, then <application>libpq</> has been unable to allocate a new <structname>PGconn</>
|
|
|
|
structure. Otherwise, a valid <structname>PGconn</> pointer is returned (though not yet
|
|
|
|
representing a valid connection to the database). On return from
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectStart</function>, call <literal>status = PQstatus(conn)</literal>. If <varname>status</varname> equals
|
|
|
|
<symbol>CONNECTION_BAD</symbol>, <function>PQconnectStart</function> has failed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If <function>PQconnectStart</> succeeds, the next stage is to poll
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> so that it can proceed with the connection sequence.
|
|
|
|
Use <function>PQsocket(conn)</function> to obtain the descriptor of the
|
|
|
|
socket underlying the database connection.
|
|
|
|
Loop thus: If <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> last returned
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_READING</symbol>, wait until the socket is ready to
|
|
|
|
read (as indicated by <function>select()</>, <function>poll()</>, or
|
|
|
|
similar system function).
|
|
|
|
Then call <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> again.
|
|
|
|
Conversely, if <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> last returned
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_WRITING</symbol>, wait until the socket is ready
|
|
|
|
to write, then call <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> again.
|
|
|
|
If you have yet to call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectPoll</function>, i.e., just after the call to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectStart</function>, behave as if it last returned
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_WRITING</symbol>. Continue this loop until
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> returns
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_FAILED</symbol>, indicating the connection procedure
|
|
|
|
has failed, or <symbol>PGRES_POLLING_OK</symbol>, indicating the connection
|
|
|
|
has been successfully made.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
At any time during connection, the status of the connection can be
|
|
|
|
checked by calling <function>PQstatus</>. If this gives <symbol>CONNECTION_BAD</>, then the
|
|
|
|
connection procedure has failed; if it gives <function>CONNECTION_OK</>, then the
|
|
|
|
connection is ready. Both of these states are equally detectable
|
|
|
|
from the return value of <function>PQconnectPoll</>, described above. Other states might also occur
|
|
|
|
during (and only during) an asynchronous connection procedure. These
|
|
|
|
indicate the current stage of the connection procedure and might be useful
|
|
|
|
to provide feedback to the user for example. These statuses are:
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_STARTED</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Waiting for connection to be made.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_MADE</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Connection OK; waiting to send.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Waiting for a response from the server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_AUTH_OK</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Received authentication; waiting for backend start-up to finish.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Negotiating SSL encryption.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_SETENV</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Negotiating environment-driven parameter settings.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Note that, although these constants will remain (in order to maintain
|
|
|
|
compatibility), an application should never rely upon these occurring in a
|
|
|
|
particular order, or at all, or on the status always being one of these
|
|
|
|
documented values. An application might do something like this:
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
switch(PQstatus(conn))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
case CONNECTION_STARTED:
|
|
|
|
feedback = "Connecting...";
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case CONNECTION_MADE:
|
|
|
|
feedback = "Connected to server...";
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
feedback = "Connecting...";
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <literal>connect_timeout</literal> connection parameter is ignored
|
|
|
|
when using <function>PQconnectPoll</function>; it is the application's
|
|
|
|
responsibility to decide whether an excessive amount of time has elapsed.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, <function>PQconnectStart</function> followed by a
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectPoll</function> loop is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectdb</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that if <function>PQconnectStart</function> returns a non-null pointer, you must call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfinish</function> when you are finished with it, in order to dispose of
|
|
|
|
the structure and any associated memory blocks. This must be done even if
|
|
|
|
the connection attempt fails or is abandoned.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconndefaults</function><indexterm><primary>PQconndefaults</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the default connection options.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PQconninfoOption *PQconndefaults(void);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *keyword; /* The keyword of the option */
|
|
|
|
char *envvar; /* Fallback environment variable name */
|
|
|
|
char *compiled; /* Fallback compiled in default value */
|
|
|
|
char *val; /* Option's current value, or NULL */
|
|
|
|
char *label; /* Label for field in connect dialog */
|
|
|
|
char *dispchar; /* Character to display for this field
|
|
|
|
in a connect dialog. Values are:
|
|
|
|
"" Display entered value as is
|
|
|
|
"*" Password field - hide value
|
|
|
|
"D" Debug option - don't show by default */
|
|
|
|
int dispsize; /* Field size in characters for dialog */
|
|
|
|
} PQconninfoOption;
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns a connection options array. This can be used to determine
|
|
|
|
all possible <function>PQconnectdb</function> options and their
|
|
|
|
current default values. The return value points to an array of
|
|
|
|
<structname>PQconninfoOption</structname> structures, which ends
|
|
|
|
with an entry having a null <structfield>keyword</> pointer. The
|
|
|
|
null pointer is returned if memory could not be allocated. Note that
|
|
|
|
the current default values (<structfield>val</structfield> fields)
|
|
|
|
will depend on environment variables and other context. Callers
|
|
|
|
must treat the connection options data as read-only.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After processing the options array, free it by passing it to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconninfoFree</function>. If this is not done, a small amount of memory
|
|
|
|
is leaked for each call to <function>PQconndefaults</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfinish</function><indexterm><primary>PQfinish</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Closes the connection to the server. Also frees
|
|
|
|
memory used by the <structname>PGconn</structname> object.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQfinish(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that even if the server connection attempt fails (as
|
|
|
|
indicated by <function>PQstatus</function>), the application should call <function>PQfinish</function>
|
|
|
|
to free the memory used by the <structname>PGconn</structname> object.
|
|
|
|
The <structname>PGconn</> pointer must not be used again after
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfinish</function> has been called.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQreset</function><indexterm><primary>PQreset</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Resets the communication channel to the server.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQreset(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function will close the connection
|
|
|
|
to the server and attempt to reestablish a new
|
|
|
|
connection to the same server, using all the same
|
|
|
|
parameters previously used. This might be useful for
|
|
|
|
error recovery if a working connection is lost.
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
At long last I put together a patch to support 4 client SSL negotiation
modes (and replace the requiressl boolean). The four options were first
spelled out by Magnus Hagander <mha@sollentuna.net> on 2000-08-23 in email
to pgsql-hackers, archived here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2000-08/msg00639.php
My original less-flexible patch and the ensuing thread are archived at:
http://dbforums.com/t623845.html
Attached is a new patch, including documentation.
To sum up, there's a new client parameter "sslmode" and environment
variable "PGSSLMODE", with these options:
sslmode description
------- -----------
disable Unencrypted non-SSL only
allow Negotiate, prefer non-SSL
prefer Negotiate, prefer SSL (default)
require Require SSL
The only change to the server is a new pg_hba.conf line type,
"hostnossl", for specifying connections that are not allowed to use SSL
(for example, to prevent servers on a local network from accidentally
using SSL and wasting cycles). Thus the 3 pg_hba.conf line types are:
pg_hba.conf line types
----------------------
host applies to either SSL or regular connections
hostssl applies only to SSL connections
hostnossl applies only to regular connections
These client and server options, the postgresql.conf ssl = false option,
and finally the possibility of compiling with no SSL support at all,
make quite a range of combinations to test. I threw together a test
script to try many of them out. It's in a separate tarball with its
config files, a patch to psql so it'll announce SSL connections even in
absence of a tty, and the test output. The test is especially informative
when run on the same tty the postmaster was started on, so the FATAL:
errors during negotiation are interleaved with the psql client output.
I saw Tom write that new submissions for 7.4 have to be in before midnight
local time, and since I'm on the east coast in the US, this just makes it
in before the bell. :)
Jon Jensen
2003-07-26 15:50:02 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresetStart</function><indexterm><primary>PQresetStart</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresetPoll</function><indexterm><primary>PQresetPoll</></></term>
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Reset the communication channel to the server, in a nonblocking manner.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQresetStart(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PostgresPollingStatusType PQresetPoll(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
These functions will close the connection to the server and attempt to
|
|
|
|
reestablish a new connection to the same server, using all the same
|
|
|
|
parameters previously used. This can be useful for error recovery if a
|
|
|
|
working connection is lost. They differ from <function>PQreset</function> (above) in that they
|
|
|
|
act in a nonblocking manner. These functions suffer from the same
|
|
|
|
restrictions as <function>PQconnectStart</> and <function>PQconnectPoll</>.
|
2005-06-04 22:42:43 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-23 12:16:54 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
To initiate a connection reset, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresetStart</function>. If it returns 0, the reset has
|
|
|
|
failed. If it returns 1, poll the reset using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresetPoll</function> in exactly the same way as you
|
|
|
|
would create the connection using <function>PQconnectPoll</function>.
|
2007-07-23 12:16:54 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-status">
|
|
|
|
<title>Connection Status Functions</title>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions can be used to interrogate the status
|
|
|
|
of an existing database connection object.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<tip>
|
2006-12-19 02:53:36 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>libpq-fe.h</></>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>libpq-int.h</></>
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> application programmers should be careful to
|
|
|
|
maintain the <structname>PGconn</structname> abstraction. Use the accessor
|
|
|
|
functions described below to get at the contents of <structname>PGconn</structname>.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Reference to internal <structname>PGconn</structname> fields using
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<filename>libpq-int.h</> is not recommended because they are subject to change
|
|
|
|
in the future.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</tip>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The following functions return parameter values established at connection.
|
|
|
|
These values are fixed for the life of the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdb</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQdb</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the database name of the connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQdb(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQuser</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQuser</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the user name of the connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQuser(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQpass</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQpass</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the password of the connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQpass(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQhost</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQhost</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the server host name of the connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQhost(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQport</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQport</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the port of the connection.
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQport(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2001-10-31 21:39:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQtty</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQtty</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the debug <acronym>TTY</acronym> of the connection.
|
|
|
|
(This is obsolete, since the server no longer pays attention
|
|
|
|
to the <acronym>TTY</acronym> setting, but the function remains
|
|
|
|
for backwards compatibility.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQtty(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoptions</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQoptions</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the command-line options passed in the connection request.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQoptions(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2000-01-18 07:09:24 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
The following functions return status data that can change as operations
|
|
|
|
are executed on the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQstatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQstatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
1998-04-04 18:35:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the status of the connection.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
ConnStatusType PQstatus(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The status can be one of a number of values. However, only two of
|
|
|
|
these are seen outside of an asynchronous connection procedure:
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_OK</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_BAD</literal>. A good connection to the database
|
|
|
|
has the status <literal>CONNECTION_OK</literal>. A failed
|
|
|
|
connection attempt is signaled by status
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_BAD</literal>. Ordinarily, an OK status will
|
|
|
|
remain so until <function>PQfinish</function>, but a communications
|
|
|
|
failure might result in the status changing to
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_BAD</literal> prematurely. In that case the
|
|
|
|
application could try to recover by calling
|
|
|
|
<function>PQreset</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
See the entry for <function>PQconnectStart</> and <function>PQconnectPoll</> with regards
|
|
|
|
to other status codes
|
|
|
|
that might be seen.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQtransactionStatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQtransactionStatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the current in-transaction status of the server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGTransactionStatusType PQtransactionStatus(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The status can be <literal>PQTRANS_IDLE</literal> (currently idle),
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_ACTIVE</literal> (a command is in progress),
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_INTRANS</literal> (idle, in a valid transaction block),
|
|
|
|
or <literal>PQTRANS_INERROR</literal> (idle, in a failed transaction block).
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_UNKNOWN</literal> is reported if the connection is bad.
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_ACTIVE</literal> is reported only when a query
|
|
|
|
has been sent to the server and not yet completed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-04-04 18:35:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<caution>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQtransactionStatus</> will give incorrect results when using
|
|
|
|
a <productname>PostgreSQL</> 7.3 server that has the parameter <literal>autocommit</>
|
|
|
|
set to off. The server-side autocommit feature has been
|
|
|
|
deprecated and does not exist in later server versions.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</caution>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQparameterStatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQparameterStatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Looks up a current parameter setting of the server.
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
const char *PQparameterStatus(const PGconn *conn, const char *paramName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Certain parameter values are reported by the server automatically at
|
|
|
|
connection startup or whenever their values change.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQparameterStatus</> can be used to interrogate these settings.
|
|
|
|
It returns the current value of a parameter if known, or <symbol>NULL</symbol>
|
|
|
|
if the parameter is not known.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Parameters reported as of the current release include
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_version</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_encoding</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>client_encoding</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>is_superuser</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>session_authorization</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>DateStyle</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>TimeZone</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>integer_datetimes</>, and
|
|
|
|
<literal>standard_conforming_strings</>.
|
|
|
|
(<literal>server_encoding</>, <literal>TimeZone</>, and
|
|
|
|
<literal>integer_datetimes</> were not reported by releases before 8.0;
|
|
|
|
<literal>standard_conforming_strings</> was not reported by releases
|
|
|
|
before 8.1.)
|
|
|
|
Note that
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_version</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_encoding</> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>integer_datetimes</>
|
|
|
|
cannot change after startup.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Pre-3.0-protocol servers do not report parameter settings, but
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> includes logic to obtain values for
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_version</> and <literal>client_encoding</> anyway.
|
|
|
|
Applications are encouraged to use <function>PQparameterStatus</>
|
|
|
|
rather than <foreignphrase>ad hoc</> code to determine these values.
|
|
|
|
(Beware however that on a pre-3.0 connection, changing
|
|
|
|
<literal>client_encoding</> via <command>SET</> after connection
|
|
|
|
startup will not be reflected by <function>PQparameterStatus</>.)
|
|
|
|
For <literal>server_version</>, see also
|
|
|
|
<function>PQserverVersion</>, which returns the information in a
|
|
|
|
numeric form that is much easier to compare against.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If no value for <literal>standard_conforming_strings</> is reported,
|
|
|
|
applications can assume it is <literal>off</>, that is, backslashes
|
|
|
|
are treated as escapes in string literals. Also, the presence of
|
|
|
|
this parameter can be taken as an indication that the escape string
|
|
|
|
syntax (<literal>E'...'</>) is accepted.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Although the returned pointer is declared <literal>const</>, it in fact
|
|
|
|
points to mutable storage associated with the <literal>PGconn</> structure.
|
|
|
|
It is unwise to assume the pointer will remain valid across queries.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprotocolVersion</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQprotocolVersion</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Interrogates the frontend/backend protocol being used.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQprotocolVersion(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Applications might wish to use this to determine whether certain
|
|
|
|
features are supported. Currently, the possible values are 2 (2.0
|
|
|
|
protocol), 3 (3.0 protocol), or zero (connection bad). This will
|
|
|
|
not change after connection startup is complete, but it could
|
|
|
|
theoretically change during a connection reset. The 3.0 protocol
|
|
|
|
will normally be used when communicating with
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> 7.4 or later servers; pre-7.4 servers
|
|
|
|
support only protocol 2.0. (Protocol 1.0 is obsolete and not
|
|
|
|
supported by <application>libpq</application>.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQserverVersion</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQserverVersion</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns an integer representing the backend version.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQserverVersion(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Applications might use this to determine the version of the database
|
|
|
|
server they are connected to. The number is formed by converting
|
|
|
|
the major, minor, and revision numbers into two-decimal-digit
|
|
|
|
numbers and appending them together. For example, version 8.1.5
|
|
|
|
will be returned as 80105, and version 8.2 will be returned as
|
|
|
|
80200 (leading zeroes are not shown). Zero is returned if the
|
|
|
|
connection is bad.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQerrorMessage</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>error message</></> Returns the error message
|
|
|
|
most recently generated by an operation on the connection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQerrorMessage(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Nearly all <application>libpq</> functions will set a message for
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> if they fail. Note that by
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> convention, a nonempty
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> result will include a trailing
|
|
|
|
newline. The caller should not free the result directly. It will
|
|
|
|
be freed when the associated <structname>PGconn</> handle is passed
|
|
|
|
to <function>PQfinish</function>. The result string should not be
|
|
|
|
expected to remain the same across operations on the
|
2004-12-28 23:47:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<literal>PGconn</> structure.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsocket</function><indexterm><primary>PQsocket</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Obtains the file descriptor number of the connection socket to
|
|
|
|
the server. A valid descriptor will be greater than or equal
|
|
|
|
to 0; a result of -1 indicates that no server connection is
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
currently open. (This will not change during normal operation,
|
|
|
|
but could change during connection setup or reset.)
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsocket(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQbackendPID</function><indexterm><primary>PQbackendPID</></></term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the process <acronym>ID</acronym>
|
|
|
|
(PID)<indexterm><primary>PID</><secondary>determining PID of
|
|
|
|
server process</><tertiary>in libpq</></> of the backend server
|
|
|
|
process handling this connection.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQbackendPID(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
The backend <acronym>PID</acronym> is useful for debugging
|
2003-02-19 04:59:02 +01:00
|
|
|
purposes and for comparison to <command>NOTIFY</command>
|
|
|
|
messages (which include the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
notifying backend process). Note that the
|
|
|
|
<acronym>PID</acronym> belongs to a process executing on the
|
|
|
|
database server host, not the local host!
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-09 20:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectionNeedsPassword</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectionNeedsPassword</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns true (1) if the connection authentication method
|
|
|
|
required a password, but none was available.
|
|
|
|
Returns false (0) if not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQconnectionNeedsPassword(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function can be applied after a failed connection attempt
|
|
|
|
to decide whether to prompt the user for a password.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-08 20:28:56 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectionUsedPassword</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectionUsedPassword</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns true (1) if the connection authentication method
|
2007-12-09 20:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
used a caller-supplied password. Returns false (0) if not.
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQconnectionUsedPassword(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-08 20:28:56 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-12-09 20:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
This function detects whether a password supplied to the connection
|
|
|
|
function was actually used. Passwords obtained from other
|
|
|
|
sources (such as the <filename>.pgpass</> file) are not considered
|
|
|
|
caller-supplied.
|
2007-07-08 20:28:56 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetssl</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetssl</></></term>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>SSL</><secondary sortas="libpq">in libpq</secondary></indexterm>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the SSL structure used in the connection, or null
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
if SSL is not in use.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
SSL *PQgetssl(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This structure can be used to verify encryption levels, check server
|
|
|
|
certificates, and more. Refer to the <productname>OpenSSL</>
|
|
|
|
documentation for information about this structure.
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
You must define <symbol>USE_SSL</symbol> in order to get the
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
correct prototype for this function. Doing this will also
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
automatically include <filename>ssl.h</filename> from <productname>OpenSSL</productname>.
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-exec">
|
|
|
|
<title>Command Execution Functions</title>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Once a connection to a database server has been successfully
|
|
|
|
established, the functions described here are used to perform
|
|
|
|
SQL queries and commands.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-main">
|
|
|
|
<title>Main Functions</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQexec</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2001-05-01 12:48:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to the server and waits for the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQexec(PGconn *conn, const char *command);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns a <structname>PGresult</structname> pointer or possibly a null
|
|
|
|
pointer. A non-null pointer will generally be returned except in
|
|
|
|
out-of-memory conditions or serious errors such as inability to send
|
|
|
|
the command to the server. If a null pointer is returned, it should
|
|
|
|
be treated like a <symbol>PGRES_FATAL_ERROR</symbol> result. Use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> to get more information about such
|
|
|
|
errors.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is allowed to include multiple SQL commands (separated by semicolons)
|
|
|
|
in the command string. Multiple queries sent in a single
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</> call are processed in a single transaction, unless
|
|
|
|
there are explicit <command>BEGIN</command>/<command>COMMIT</command>
|
|
|
|
commands included in the query string to divide it into multiple
|
|
|
|
transactions. Note however that the returned
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> structure describes only the result
|
|
|
|
of the last command executed from the string. Should one of the
|
|
|
|
commands fail, processing of the string stops with it and the returned
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> describes the error condition.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQexecParams</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to the server and waits for the result,
|
|
|
|
with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL
|
|
|
|
command text.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQexecParams(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *command,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const Oid *paramTypes,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</> is like <function>PQexec</>, but offers additional
|
|
|
|
functionality: parameter values can be specified separately from the command
|
|
|
|
string proper, and query results can be requested in either text or binary
|
|
|
|
format. <function>PQexecParams</> is supported only in protocol 3.0 and later
|
|
|
|
connections; it will fail when using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The function arguments are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>conn</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The connection object to send the command through.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>command</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The SQL command string to be executed. If parameters are used,
|
|
|
|
they are referred to in the command string as <literal>$1</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>$2</>, etc.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>nParams</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The number of parameters supplied; it is the length of the arrays
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramTypes[]</>, <parameter>paramValues[]</>,
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramLengths[]</>, and <parameter>paramFormats[]</>. (The
|
|
|
|
array pointers can be <symbol>NULL</symbol> when <parameter>nParams</>
|
|
|
|
is zero.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>paramTypes[]</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Specifies, by OID, the data types to be assigned to the
|
|
|
|
parameter symbols. If <parameter>paramTypes</> is
|
|
|
|
<symbol>NULL</symbol>, or any particular element in the array
|
|
|
|
is zero, the server infers a data type for the parameter symbol
|
|
|
|
in the same way it would do for an untyped literal string.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>paramValues[]</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Specifies the actual values of the parameters. A null pointer
|
|
|
|
in this array means the corresponding parameter is null;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the pointer points to a zero-terminated text string
|
|
|
|
(for text format) or binary data in the format expected by the
|
|
|
|
server (for binary format).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>paramLengths[]</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Specifies the actual data lengths of binary-format parameters.
|
|
|
|
It is ignored for null parameters and text-format parameters.
|
|
|
|
The array pointer can be null when there are no binary parameters.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>paramFormats[]</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Specifies whether parameters are text (put a zero in the
|
|
|
|
array entry for the corresponding parameter) or binary (put
|
|
|
|
a one in the array entry for the corresponding parameter).
|
|
|
|
If the array pointer is null then all parameters are presumed
|
|
|
|
to be text strings.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><parameter>resultFormat</parameter></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Specify zero to obtain results in text format, or one to obtain
|
|
|
|
results in binary format. (There is not currently a provision
|
|
|
|
to obtain different result columns in different formats,
|
|
|
|
although that is possible in the underlying protocol.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2006-11-10 23:15:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The primary advantage of <function>PQexecParams</> over
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</> is that parameter values can be separated from the
|
|
|
|
command string, thus avoiding the need for tedious and error-prone
|
|
|
|
quoting and escaping.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2006-11-10 23:15:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Unlike <function>PQexec</>, <function>PQexecParams</> allows at most
|
|
|
|
one SQL command in the given string. (There can be semicolons in it,
|
|
|
|
but not more than one nonempty command.) This is a limitation of the
|
|
|
|
underlying protocol, but has some usefulness as an extra defense against
|
|
|
|
SQL-injection attacks.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2006-11-10 23:15:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<tip>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Specifying parameter types via OIDs is tedious, particularly if you prefer
|
|
|
|
not to hard-wire particular OID values into your program. However, you can
|
|
|
|
avoid doing so even in cases where the server by itself cannot determine the
|
|
|
|
type of the parameter, or chooses a different type than you want. In the
|
|
|
|
SQL command text, attach an explicit cast to the parameter symbol to show what
|
|
|
|
data type you will send. For example:
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE x = $1::bigint;
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This forces parameter <literal>$1</> to be treated as <type>bigint</>, whereas
|
|
|
|
by default it would be assigned the same type as <literal>x</>. Forcing the
|
|
|
|
parameter type decision, either this way or by specifying a numeric type OID,
|
|
|
|
is strongly recommended when sending parameter values in binary format, because
|
|
|
|
binary format has less redundancy than text format and so there is less chance
|
|
|
|
that the server will detect a type mismatch mistake for you.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</tip>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQprepare</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQprepare</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the
|
|
|
|
given parameters, and waits for completion.
|
2004-10-19 00:00:42 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQprepare(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *stmtName,
|
|
|
|
const char *query,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const Oid *paramTypes);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprepare</> creates a prepared statement for later
|
|
|
|
execution with <function>PQexecPrepared</>. This feature allows
|
|
|
|
commands that will be used repeatedly to be parsed and planned just
|
|
|
|
once, rather than each time they are executed.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprepare</> is supported only in protocol 3.0 and later
|
|
|
|
connections; it will fail when using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The function creates a prepared statement named
|
|
|
|
<parameter>stmtName</> from the <parameter>query</> string, which
|
|
|
|
must contain a single SQL command. <parameter>stmtName</> can be
|
|
|
|
<literal>""</> to create an unnamed statement, in which case any
|
|
|
|
pre-existing unnamed statement is automatically replaced; otherwise
|
|
|
|
it is an error if the statement name is already defined in the
|
|
|
|
current session. If any parameters are used, they are referred
|
|
|
|
to in the query as <literal>$1</>, <literal>$2</>, etc.
|
|
|
|
<parameter>nParams</> is the number of parameters for which types
|
|
|
|
are pre-specified in the array <parameter>paramTypes[]</>. (The
|
|
|
|
array pointer can be <symbol>NULL</symbol> when
|
|
|
|
<parameter>nParams</> is zero.) <parameter>paramTypes[]</>
|
|
|
|
specifies, by OID, the data types to be assigned to the parameter
|
|
|
|
symbols. If <parameter>paramTypes</> is <symbol>NULL</symbol>,
|
|
|
|
or any particular element in the array is zero, the server assigns
|
|
|
|
a data type to the parameter symbol in the same way it would do
|
|
|
|
for an untyped literal string. Also, the query can use parameter
|
|
|
|
symbols with numbers higher than <parameter>nParams</>; data types
|
|
|
|
will be inferred for these symbols as well. (See
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</function> for a means to find out
|
|
|
|
what data types were inferred.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
As with <function>PQexec</>, the result is normally a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> object whose contents indicate
|
|
|
|
server-side success or failure. A null result indicates
|
|
|
|
out-of-memory or inability to send the command at all. Use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> to get more information about
|
|
|
|
such errors.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepared statements for use with <function>PQexecPrepared</> can also
|
|
|
|
be created by executing SQL <xref linkend="sql-prepare"
|
|
|
|
endterm="sql-prepare-title"> statements. (But <function>PQprepare</>
|
|
|
|
is more flexible since it does not require parameter types to be
|
|
|
|
pre-specified.) Also, although there is no <application>libpq</>
|
|
|
|
function for deleting a prepared statement, the SQL <xref
|
|
|
|
linkend="sql-deallocate" endterm="sql-deallocate-title"> statement
|
|
|
|
can be used for that purpose.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQexecPrepared</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given
|
|
|
|
parameters, and waits for the result.
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQexecPrepared(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *stmtName,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</> is like <function>PQexecParams</>,
|
|
|
|
but the command to be executed is specified by naming a
|
|
|
|
previously-prepared statement, instead of giving a query string.
|
|
|
|
This feature allows commands that will be used repeatedly to be
|
|
|
|
parsed and planned just once, rather than each time they are
|
|
|
|
executed. The statement must have been prepared previously in
|
|
|
|
the current session. <function>PQexecPrepared</> is supported
|
|
|
|
only in protocol 3.0 and later connections; it will fail when
|
|
|
|
using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The parameters are identical to <function>PQexecParams</>, except that the
|
|
|
|
name of a prepared statement is given instead of a query string, and the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramTypes[]</> parameter is not present (it is not needed since
|
|
|
|
the prepared statement's parameter types were determined when it was created).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQdescribePrepared</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a request to obtain information about the specified
|
|
|
|
prepared statement, and waits for completion.
|
2006-08-18 21:52:39 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQdescribePrepared(PGconn *conn, const char *stmtName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</> allows an application to obtain
|
|
|
|
information about a previously prepared statement.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</> is supported only in protocol 3.0
|
|
|
|
and later connections; it will fail when using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<parameter>stmtName</> can be <literal>""</> or NULL to reference
|
|
|
|
the unnamed statement, otherwise it must be the name of an existing
|
|
|
|
prepared statement. On success, a <structname>PGresult</> with
|
|
|
|
status <literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal> is returned. The
|
|
|
|
functions <function>PQnparams</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQparamtype</function> can be applied to this
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> to obtain information about the parameters
|
|
|
|
of the prepared statement, and the functions
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnfields</function>, <function>PQfname</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQftype</function>, etc provide information about the
|
|
|
|
result columns (if any) of the statement.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePortal</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQdescribePortal</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a request to obtain information about the specified
|
|
|
|
portal, and waits for completion.
|
2006-08-18 21:52:39 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQdescribePortal(PGconn *conn, const char *portalName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePortal</> allows an application to obtain
|
|
|
|
information about a previously created portal.
|
|
|
|
(<application>libpq</> does not provide any direct access to
|
|
|
|
portals, but you can use this function to inspect the properties
|
|
|
|
of a cursor created with a <command>DECLARE CURSOR</> SQL command.)
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePortal</> is supported only in protocol 3.0
|
|
|
|
and later connections; it will fail when using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<parameter>portalName</> can be <literal>""</> or NULL to reference
|
|
|
|
the unnamed portal, otherwise it must be the name of an existing
|
|
|
|
portal. On success, a <structname>PGresult</> with status
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal> is returned. The functions
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnfields</function>, <function>PQfname</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQftype</function>, etc can be applied to the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> to obtain information about the result
|
|
|
|
columns (if any) of the portal.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <structname>PGresult</structname><indexterm><primary>PGresult</></>
|
|
|
|
structure encapsulates the result returned by the server.
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> application programmers should be
|
|
|
|
careful to maintain the <structname>PGresult</structname> abstraction.
|
|
|
|
Use the accessor functions below to get at the contents of
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>. Avoid directly referencing the
|
|
|
|
fields of the <structname>PGresult</structname> structure because they
|
|
|
|
are subject to change in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultStatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQresultStatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the result status of the command.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
ExecStatusType PQresultStatus(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultStatus</function> can return one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The string sent to the server was empty.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Successful completion of a command returning no data.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Successful completion of a command returning data (such as
|
|
|
|
a <command>SELECT</> or <command>SHOW</>).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Copy Out (from server) data transfer started.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Copy In (to server) data transfer started.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_BAD_RESPONSE</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The server's response was not understood.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A nonfatal error (a notice or warning) occurred.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_FATAL_ERROR</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A fatal error occurred.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the result status is <literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal>, then
|
|
|
|
the functions described below can be used to retrieve the rows
|
|
|
|
returned by the query. Note that a <command>SELECT</command>
|
|
|
|
command that happens to retrieve zero rows still shows
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal>.
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal> is for commands that can never
|
|
|
|
return rows (<command>INSERT</command>, <command>UPDATE</command>,
|
|
|
|
etc.). A response of <literal>PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY</literal> might
|
|
|
|
indicate a bug in the client software.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A result of status <symbol>PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR</symbol> will
|
|
|
|
never be returned directly by <function>PQexec</function> or other
|
|
|
|
query execution functions; results of this kind are instead passed
|
|
|
|
to the notice processor (see <xref
|
|
|
|
linkend="libpq-notice-processing">).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresStatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQresStatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Converts the enumerated type returned by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultStatus</> into a string constant describing the
|
|
|
|
status code. The caller should not free the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQresStatus(ExecStatusType status);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultErrorMessage</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQresultErrorMessage</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the error message associated with the command, or an empty string
|
|
|
|
if there was no error.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQresultErrorMessage(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
If there was an error, the returned string will include a trailing
|
|
|
|
newline. The caller should not free the result directly. It will
|
|
|
|
be freed when the associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is
|
|
|
|
passed to <function>PQclear</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Immediately following a <function>PQexec</function> or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> call,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> (on the connection) will return
|
|
|
|
the same string as <function>PQresultErrorMessage</function> (on
|
|
|
|
the result). However, a <structname>PGresult</structname> will
|
|
|
|
retain its error message until destroyed, whereas the connection's
|
|
|
|
error message will change when subsequent operations are done.
|
|
|
|
Use <function>PQresultErrorMessage</function> when you want to
|
|
|
|
know the status associated with a particular
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>; use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> when you want to know the
|
|
|
|
status from the latest operation on the connection.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresultErrorField</function><indexterm><primary>PQresultErrorField</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns an individual field of an error report.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQresultErrorField(const PGresult *res, int fieldcode);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
<parameter>fieldcode</> is an error field identifier; see the symbols
|
|
|
|
listed below. <symbol>NULL</symbol> is returned if the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> is not an error or warning result,
|
|
|
|
or does not include the specified field. Field values will normally
|
|
|
|
not include a trailing newline. The caller should not free the
|
|
|
|
result directly. It will be freed when the
|
|
|
|
associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The following field codes are available:
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SEVERITY</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The severity; the field contents are <literal>ERROR</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>FATAL</>, or <literal>PANIC</> (in an error message),
|
|
|
|
or <literal>WARNING</>, <literal>NOTICE</>, <literal>DEBUG</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>INFO</>, or <literal>LOG</> (in a notice message), or
|
|
|
|
a localized translation of one of these. Always present.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>error codes</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SQLSTATE</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The SQLSTATE code for the error. The SQLSTATE code identifies
|
|
|
|
the type of error that has occurred; it can be used by
|
|
|
|
front-end applications to perform specific operations (such
|
|
|
|
as error handling) in response to a particular database error.
|
|
|
|
For a list of the possible SQLSTATE codes, see <xref
|
|
|
|
linkend="errcodes-appendix">. This field is not localizable,
|
|
|
|
and is always present.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_MESSAGE_PRIMARY</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The primary human-readable error message (typically one line).
|
|
|
|
Always present.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_MESSAGE_DETAIL</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Detail: an optional secondary error message carrying more
|
|
|
|
detail about the problem. Might run to multiple lines.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_MESSAGE_HINT</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Hint: an optional suggestion what to do about the problem.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to differ from detail in that it offers advice
|
|
|
|
(potentially inappropriate) rather than hard facts. Might
|
|
|
|
run to multiple lines.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_STATEMENT_POSITION</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A string containing a decimal integer indicating an error cursor
|
|
|
|
position as an index into the original statement string. The
|
|
|
|
first character has index 1, and positions are measured in
|
|
|
|
characters not bytes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_INTERNAL_POSITION</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is defined the same as the
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PG_DIAG_STATEMENT_POSITION</> field, but it is used
|
|
|
|
when the cursor position refers to an internally generated
|
|
|
|
command rather than the one submitted by the client. The
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PG_DIAG_INTERNAL_QUERY</> field will always appear when
|
|
|
|
this field appears.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_INTERNAL_QUERY</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The text of a failed internally-generated command. This could
|
|
|
|
be, for example, a SQL query issued by a PL/pgSQL function.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_CONTEXT</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
An indication of the context in which the error occurred.
|
|
|
|
Presently this includes a call stack traceback of active
|
|
|
|
procedural language functions and internally-generated queries.
|
|
|
|
The trace is one entry per line, most recent first.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SOURCE_FILE</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The file name of the source-code location where the error was
|
|
|
|
reported.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SOURCE_LINE</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The line number of the source-code location where the error
|
|
|
|
was reported.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SOURCE_FUNCTION</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The name of the source-code function reporting the error.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The client is responsible for formatting displayed information to meet
|
|
|
|
its needs; in particular it should break long lines as needed.
|
|
|
|
Newline characters appearing in the error message fields should be
|
|
|
|
treated as paragraph breaks, not line breaks.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Errors generated internally by <application>libpq</application> will
|
|
|
|
have severity and primary message, but typically no other fields.
|
|
|
|
Errors returned by a pre-3.0-protocol server will include severity and
|
|
|
|
primary message, and sometimes a detail message, but no other fields.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that error fields are only available from
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> objects, not
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</structname> objects; there is no
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorField</function> function.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQclear</function><indexterm><primary>PQclear</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Frees the storage associated with a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>. Every command result should be
|
|
|
|
freed via <function>PQclear</function> when it is no longer
|
|
|
|
needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQclear(PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
You can keep a <structname>PGresult</structname> object around for
|
|
|
|
as long as you need it; it does not go away when you issue a new
|
|
|
|
command, nor even if you close the connection. To get rid of it,
|
|
|
|
you must call <function>PQclear</function>. Failure to do this
|
|
|
|
will result in memory leaks in your application.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQmakeEmptyPGresult</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQmakeEmptyPGresult</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Constructs an empty <structname>PGresult</structname> object with the given status.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQmakeEmptyPGresult(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType status);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is <application>libpq</>'s internal function to allocate and
|
|
|
|
initialize an empty <structname>PGresult</structname> object. This
|
|
|
|
function returns NULL if memory could not be allocated. It is
|
|
|
|
exported because some applications find it useful to generate result
|
|
|
|
objects (particularly objects with error status) themselves. If
|
|
|
|
<parameter>conn</parameter> is not null and <parameter>status</>
|
|
|
|
indicates an error, the current error message of the specified
|
|
|
|
connection is copied into the <structname>PGresult</structname>.
|
|
|
|
Note that <function>PQclear</function> should eventually be called
|
|
|
|
on the object, just as with a <structname>PGresult</structname>
|
|
|
|
returned by <application>libpq</application> itself.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-select-info">
|
|
|
|
<title>Retrieving Query Result Information</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to extract information from a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> object that represents a successful
|
|
|
|
query result (that is, one that has status
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal>). They can also be used to extract
|
|
|
|
information from a successful Describe operation: a Describe's result
|
|
|
|
has all the same column information that actual execution of the query
|
|
|
|
would provide, but it has zero rows. For objects with other status values,
|
|
|
|
these functions will act as though the result has zero rows and zero columns.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQntuples</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQntuples</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-26 10:45:50 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the number of rows (tuples) in the query result. Because
|
|
|
|
it returns an integer result, large result sets might overflow the
|
|
|
|
return value on 32-bit operating systems.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQntuples(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnfields</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQnfields</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of columns (fields) in each row of the query
|
|
|
|
result.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQnfields(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfname</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfname</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the column name associated with the given column number.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0. The caller should not free the result
|
|
|
|
directly. It will be freed when the associated
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQfname(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<symbol>NULL</symbol> is returned if the column number is out of range.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfnumber</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfnumber</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the column number associated with the given column name.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQfnumber(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
const char *column_name);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
-1 is returned if the given name does not match any column.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The given name is treated like an identifier in an SQL command,
|
|
|
|
that is, it is downcased unless double-quoted. For example, given
|
|
|
|
a query result generated from the SQL command:
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
SELECT 1 AS FOO, 2 AS "BAR";
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
we would have the results:
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
PQfname(res, 0) <lineannotation>foo</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfname(res, 1) <lineannotation>BAR</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "FOO") <lineannotation>0</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "foo") <lineannotation>0</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "BAR") <lineannotation>-1</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "\"BAR\"") <lineannotation>1</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQftable</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQftable</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the OID of the table from which the given column was
|
|
|
|
fetched. Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Oid PQftable(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<literal>InvalidOid</> is returned if the column number is out of range,
|
|
|
|
or if the specified column is not a simple reference to a table column,
|
|
|
|
or when using pre-3.0 protocol.
|
|
|
|
You can query the system table <literal>pg_class</literal> to determine
|
|
|
|
exactly which table is referenced.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-05-01 00:21:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The type <type>Oid</type> and the constant
|
|
|
|
<literal>InvalidOid</literal> will be defined when you include
|
|
|
|
the <application>libpq</application> header file. They will both
|
|
|
|
be some integer type.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQftablecol</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQftablecol</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the column number (within its table) of the column making
|
|
|
|
up the specified query result column. Query-result column numbers
|
|
|
|
start at 0, but table columns have nonzero numbers.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQftablecol(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Zero is returned if the column number is out of range, or if the
|
|
|
|
specified column is not a simple reference to a table column, or
|
|
|
|
when using pre-3.0 protocol.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfformat</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfformat</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the format code indicating the format of the given
|
|
|
|
column. Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQfformat(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Format code zero indicates textual data representation, while format
|
|
|
|
code one indicates binary representation. (Other codes are reserved
|
|
|
|
for future definition.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQftype</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQftype</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the data type associated with the given column number.
|
|
|
|
The integer returned is the internal OID number of the type.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Oid PQftype(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
You can query the system table <literal>pg_type</literal> to
|
|
|
|
obtain the names and properties of the various data types. The
|
|
|
|
<acronym>OID</acronym>s of the built-in data types are defined
|
|
|
|
in the file <filename>src/include/catalog/pg_type.h</filename>
|
|
|
|
in the source tree.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfmod</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfmod</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the type modifier of the column associated with the
|
|
|
|
given column number. Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQfmod(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The interpretation of modifier values is type-specific; they
|
|
|
|
typically indicate precision or size limits. The value -1 is
|
|
|
|
used to indicate <quote>no information available</>. Most data
|
|
|
|
types do not use modifiers, in which case the value is always
|
|
|
|
-1.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfsize</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfsize</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the size in bytes of the column associated with the
|
|
|
|
given column number. Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQfsize(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfsize</> returns the space allocated for this column
|
|
|
|
in a database row, in other words the size of the server's
|
|
|
|
internal representation of the data type. (Accordingly, it is
|
|
|
|
not really very useful to clients.) A negative value indicates
|
|
|
|
the data type is variable-length.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQbinaryTuples</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQbinaryTuples</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if the <structname>PGresult</> contains binary data
|
|
|
|
and 0 if it contains text data.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQbinaryTuples(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function is deprecated (except for its use in connection with
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</>), because it is possible for a single
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> to contain text data in some columns and
|
|
|
|
binary data in others. <function>PQfformat</> is preferred.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQbinaryTuples</> returns 1 only if all columns of the
|
|
|
|
result are binary (format 1).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetvalue</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetvalue</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns a single field value of one row of a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>. Row and column numbers start
|
|
|
|
at 0. The caller should not free the result directly. It will
|
|
|
|
be freed when the associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is
|
|
|
|
passed to <function>PQclear</function>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQgetvalue(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int row_number,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
For data in text format, the value returned by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetvalue</function> is a null-terminated character
|
|
|
|
string representation of the field value. For data in binary
|
|
|
|
format, the value is in the binary representation determined by
|
|
|
|
the data type's <function>typsend</> and <function>typreceive</>
|
|
|
|
functions. (The value is actually followed by a zero byte in
|
|
|
|
this case too, but that is not ordinarily useful, since the
|
|
|
|
value is likely to contain embedded nulls.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
An empty string is returned if the field value is null. See
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetisnull</> to distinguish null values from
|
|
|
|
empty-string values.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The pointer returned by <function>PQgetvalue</function> points
|
|
|
|
to storage that is part of the <structname>PGresult</structname>
|
|
|
|
structure. One should not modify the data it points to, and one
|
|
|
|
must explicitly copy the data into other storage if it is to be
|
|
|
|
used past the lifetime of the <structname>PGresult</structname>
|
|
|
|
structure itself.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetisnull</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetisnull</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>null value</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary sortas="libpq">in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Tests a field for a null value. Row and column numbers start
|
|
|
|
at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetisnull(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int row_number,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function returns 1 if the field is null and 0 if it
|
|
|
|
contains a non-null value. (Note that
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetvalue</function> will return an empty string,
|
|
|
|
not a null pointer, for a null field.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetlength</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetlength</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm></term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the actual length of a field value in bytes. Row and
|
|
|
|
column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetlength(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int row_number,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is the actual data length for the particular data value,
|
|
|
|
that is, the size of the object pointed to by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetvalue</function>. For text data format this is
|
|
|
|
the same as <function>strlen()</>. For binary format this is
|
|
|
|
essential information. Note that one should <emphasis>not</>
|
|
|
|
rely on <function>PQfsize</function> to obtain the actual data
|
|
|
|
length.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnparams</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQnparams</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of parameters of a prepared statement.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQnparams(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function is only useful when inspecting the result of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</>. For other types of queries it
|
|
|
|
will return zero.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQparamtype</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQparamtype</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the data type of the indicated statement parameter.
|
|
|
|
Parameter numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Oid PQparamtype(const PGresult *res, int param_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function is only useful when inspecting the result of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</>. For other types of queries it
|
|
|
|
will return zero.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprint</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQprint</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Prints out all the rows and, optionally, the column names to
|
|
|
|
the specified output stream.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
void PQprint(FILE *fout, /* output stream */
|
|
|
|
const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
const PQprintOpt *po);
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
|
|
pqbool header; /* print output field headings and row count */
|
|
|
|
pqbool align; /* fill align the fields */
|
|
|
|
pqbool standard; /* old brain dead format */
|
|
|
|
pqbool html3; /* output HTML tables */
|
|
|
|
pqbool expanded; /* expand tables */
|
|
|
|
pqbool pager; /* use pager for output if needed */
|
|
|
|
char *fieldSep; /* field separator */
|
|
|
|
char *tableOpt; /* attributes for HTML table element */
|
|
|
|
char *caption; /* HTML table caption */
|
|
|
|
char **fieldName; /* null-terminated array of replacement field names */
|
|
|
|
} PQprintOpt;
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function was formerly used by <application>psql</application>
|
|
|
|
to print query results, but this is no longer the case. Note
|
|
|
|
that it assumes all the data is in text format.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-nonselect">
|
|
|
|
<title>Retrieving Result Information for Other Commands</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to extract information from
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> objects that are not
|
|
|
|
<command>SELECT</> results.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQcmdStatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQcmdStatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the command status tag from the SQL command that generated
|
|
|
|
the <structname>PGresult</structname>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQcmdStatus(PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Commonly this is just the name of the command, but it might include
|
|
|
|
additional data such as the number of rows processed. The caller
|
|
|
|
should not free the result directly. It will be freed when the
|
|
|
|
associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQcmdTuples</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQcmdTuples</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of rows affected by the SQL command.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQcmdTuples(PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function returns a string containing the number of rows
|
|
|
|
affected by the <acronym>SQL</> statement that generated the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</>. This function can only be used following
|
|
|
|
the execution of an <command>INSERT</>, <command>UPDATE</>,
|
|
|
|
<command>DELETE</>, <command>MOVE</>, <command>FETCH</>, or
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> statement, or an <command>EXECUTE</> of a
|
|
|
|
prepared query that contains an <command>INSERT</>,
|
|
|
|
<command>UPDATE</>, or <command>DELETE</> statement. If the
|
|
|
|
command that generated the <structname>PGresult</> was anything
|
|
|
|
else, <function>PQcmdTuples</> returns an empty string. The caller
|
|
|
|
should not free the return value directly. It will be freed when
|
|
|
|
the associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoidValue</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQoidValue</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the OID<indexterm><primary>OID</><secondary>in libpq</></>
|
|
|
|
of the inserted row, if the <acronym>SQL</> command was an
|
|
|
|
<command>INSERT</> that inserted exactly one row into a table that
|
|
|
|
has OIDs, or a <command>EXECUTE</> of a prepared query containing
|
|
|
|
a suitable <command>INSERT</> statement. Otherwise, this function
|
|
|
|
returns <literal>InvalidOid</literal>. This function will also
|
|
|
|
return <literal>InvalidOid</literal> if the table affected by the
|
|
|
|
<command>INSERT</> statement does not contain OIDs.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Oid PQoidValue(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoidStatus</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQoidStatus</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns a string with the OID of the inserted row, if the
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SQL</acronym> command was an <command>INSERT</command>
|
|
|
|
that inserted exactly one row, or a <command>EXECUTE</command> of
|
|
|
|
a prepared statement consisting of a suitable
|
|
|
|
<command>INSERT</command>. (The string will be <literal>0</> if
|
|
|
|
the <command>INSERT</command> did not insert exactly one row, or
|
|
|
|
if the target table does not have OIDs.) If the command was not
|
|
|
|
an <command>INSERT</command>, returns an empty string.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQoidStatus(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function is deprecated in favor of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoidValue</function>. It is not thread-safe.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-escape-string">
|
|
|
|
<title>Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-string">
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQescapeStringConn</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-string">
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQescapeString</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-string">
|
|
|
|
<primary>escaping strings</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</function> escapes a string for use within an SQL
|
|
|
|
command. This is useful when inserting data values as literal constants
|
|
|
|
in SQL commands. Certain characters (such as quotes and backslashes) must
|
|
|
|
be escaped to prevent them from being interpreted specially by the SQL parser.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</> performs this operation.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<tip>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
It is especially important to do proper escaping when handling strings that
|
|
|
|
were received from an untrustworthy source. Otherwise there is a security
|
|
|
|
risk: you are vulnerable to <quote>SQL injection</> attacks wherein unwanted
|
|
|
|
SQL commands are fed to your database.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</tip>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that it is not necessary nor correct to do escaping when a data
|
|
|
|
value is passed as a separate parameter in <function>PQexecParams</> or
|
|
|
|
its sibling routines.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
size_t PQescapeStringConn (PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
char *to, const char *from, size_t length,
|
|
|
|
int *error);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</> writes an escaped version of the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>from</> string to the <parameter>to</> buffer, escaping
|
|
|
|
special characters so that they cannot cause any harm, and adding a
|
|
|
|
terminating zero byte. The single quotes that must surround
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> string literals are not included in the
|
|
|
|
result string; they should be provided in the SQL command that the
|
|
|
|
result is inserted into. The parameter <parameter>from</> points to
|
|
|
|
the first character of the string that is to be escaped, and the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>length</> parameter gives the number of bytes in this
|
|
|
|
string. A terminating zero byte is not required, and should not be
|
|
|
|
counted in <parameter>length</>. (If a terminating zero byte is found
|
|
|
|
before <parameter>length</> bytes are processed,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</> stops at the zero; the behavior is
|
|
|
|
thus rather like <function>strncpy</>.) <parameter>to</> shall point
|
|
|
|
to a buffer that is able to hold at least one more byte than twice
|
|
|
|
the value of <parameter>length</>, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
|
|
|
|
Behavior is likewise undefined if the <parameter>to</> and
|
|
|
|
<parameter>from</> strings overlap.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If the <parameter>error</> parameter is not NULL, then
|
|
|
|
<literal>*error</> is set to zero on success, nonzero on error.
|
|
|
|
Presently the only possible error conditions involve invalid multibyte
|
|
|
|
encoding in the source string. The output string is still generated
|
|
|
|
on error, but it can be expected that the server will reject it as
|
|
|
|
malformed. On error, a suitable message is stored in the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>conn</> object, whether or not <parameter>error</> is NULL.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</> returns the number of bytes written
|
|
|
|
to <parameter>to</>, not including the terminating zero byte.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
size_t PQescapeString (char *to, const char *from, size_t length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeString</> is an older, deprecated version of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</>; the difference is that it does
|
|
|
|
not take <parameter>conn</> or <parameter>error</> parameters.
|
|
|
|
Because of this, it cannot adjust its behavior depending on the
|
|
|
|
connection properties (such as character encoding) and therefore
|
|
|
|
<emphasis>it might give the wrong results</>. Also, it has no way
|
|
|
|
to report error conditions.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeString</> can be used safely in single-threaded
|
|
|
|
client programs that work with only one <productname>PostgreSQL</>
|
|
|
|
connection at a time (in this case it can find out what it needs to
|
|
|
|
know <quote>behind the scenes</>). In other contexts it is a security
|
|
|
|
hazard and should be avoided in favor of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeStringConn</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-escape-bytea">
|
|
|
|
<title>Escaping Binary Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-bytea">
|
|
|
|
<primary>bytea</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary sortas="libpq">in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeByteaConn</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQescapeByteaConn</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Escapes binary data for use within an SQL command with the type
|
|
|
|
<type>bytea</type>. As with <function>PQescapeStringConn</function>,
|
|
|
|
this is only used when inserting data directly into an SQL command string.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *PQescapeByteaConn(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *from,
|
|
|
|
size_t from_length,
|
|
|
|
size_t *to_length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Certain byte values <emphasis>must</emphasis> be escaped (but all
|
|
|
|
byte values <emphasis>can</emphasis> be escaped) when used as part
|
|
|
|
of a <type>bytea</type> literal in an <acronym>SQL</acronym>
|
|
|
|
statement. In general, to escape a byte, it is converted into the
|
|
|
|
three digit octal number equal to the octet value, and preceded by
|
|
|
|
usually two backslashes. The single quote (<literal>'</>) and backslash
|
|
|
|
(<literal>\</>) characters have special alternative escape
|
|
|
|
sequences. See <xref linkend="datatype-binary"> for more
|
|
|
|
information. <function>PQescapeByteaConn</function> performs this
|
|
|
|
operation, escaping only the minimally required bytes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <parameter>from</parameter> parameter points to the first
|
|
|
|
byte of the string that is to be escaped, and the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>from_length</parameter> parameter gives the number of
|
|
|
|
bytes in this binary string. (A terminating zero byte is
|
|
|
|
neither necessary nor counted.) The <parameter>to_length</parameter>
|
|
|
|
parameter points to a variable that will hold the resultant
|
|
|
|
escaped string length. This result string length includes the terminating
|
|
|
|
zero byte of the result.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeByteaConn</> returns an escaped version of the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>from</parameter> parameter binary string in memory
|
|
|
|
allocated with <function>malloc()</>. This memory must be freed using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreemem()</> when the result is no longer needed. The
|
|
|
|
return string has all special characters replaced so that they can
|
|
|
|
be properly processed by the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>
|
|
|
|
string literal parser, and the <type>bytea</type> input function. A
|
|
|
|
terminating zero byte is also added. The single quotes that must
|
|
|
|
surround <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> string literals are
|
|
|
|
not part of the result string.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
On error, a NULL pointer is returned, and a suitable error message
|
|
|
|
is stored in the <parameter>conn</> object. Currently, the only
|
|
|
|
possible error is insufficient memory for the result string.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQescapeBytea</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</> is an older, deprecated version of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeByteaConn</>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *PQescapeBytea(const unsigned char *from,
|
|
|
|
size_t from_length,
|
|
|
|
size_t *to_length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The only difference from <function>PQescapeByteaConn</> is that
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</> does not take a <structname>PGconn</>
|
|
|
|
parameter. Because of this, it cannot adjust its behavior
|
|
|
|
depending on the connection properties (in particular, whether
|
|
|
|
standard-conforming strings are enabled) and therefore
|
|
|
|
<emphasis>it might give the wrong results</>. Also, it has no
|
|
|
|
way to return an error message on failure.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</> can be used safely in single-threaded
|
|
|
|
client programs that work with only one <productname>PostgreSQL</>
|
|
|
|
connection at a time (in this case it can find out what it needs
|
|
|
|
to know <quote>behind the scenes</>). In other contexts it is
|
|
|
|
a security hazard and should be avoided in favor of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeByteaConn</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQunescapeBytea</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQunescapeBytea</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Converts a string representation of binary data into binary data
|
|
|
|
— the reverse of <function>PQescapeBytea</function>. This
|
|
|
|
is needed when retrieving <type>bytea</type> data in text format,
|
|
|
|
but not when retrieving it in binary format.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *PQunescapeBytea(const unsigned char *from, size_t *to_length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <parameter>from</parameter> parameter points to a string
|
|
|
|
such as might be returned by <function>PQgetvalue</function> when applied
|
|
|
|
to a <type>bytea</type> column. <function>PQunescapeBytea</function>
|
|
|
|
converts this string representation into its binary representation.
|
|
|
|
It returns a pointer to a buffer allocated with
|
|
|
|
<function>malloc()</function>, or null on error, and puts the size of
|
|
|
|
the buffer in <parameter>to_length</parameter>. The result must be
|
|
|
|
freed using <function>PQfreemem</> when it is no longer needed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This conversion is not exactly the inverse of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</function>, because the string is not expected
|
|
|
|
to be <quote>escaped</> when received from <function>PQgetvalue</function>.
|
|
|
|
In particular this means there is no need for string quoting considerations,
|
|
|
|
and so no need for a <structname>PGconn</> parameter.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreemem</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfreemem</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Frees memory allocated by <application>libpq</>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQfreemem(void *ptr);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Frees memory allocated by <application>libpq</>, particularly
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeByteaConn</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQunescapeBytea</function>,
|
|
|
|
and <function>PQnotifies</function>.
|
|
|
|
It is particularly important that this function, rather than
|
|
|
|
<function>free()</>, be used on Microsoft Windows. This is because
|
|
|
|
allocating memory in a DLL and releasing it in the application works
|
|
|
|
only if multithreaded/single-threaded, release/debug, and static/dynamic
|
|
|
|
flags are the same for the DLL and the application. On non-Microsoft
|
|
|
|
Windows platforms, this function is the same as the standard library
|
|
|
|
function <function>free()</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-async">
|
|
|
|
<title>Asynchronous Command Processing</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-async">
|
|
|
|
<primary>nonblocking connection</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <function>PQexec</function> function is adequate for submitting
|
|
|
|
commands in normal, synchronous applications. It has a couple of
|
|
|
|
deficiencies, however, that can be of importance to some users:
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function> waits for the command to be completed.
|
|
|
|
The application might have other work to do (such as maintaining a
|
|
|
|
user interface), in which case it won't want to block waiting for
|
|
|
|
the response.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Since the execution of the client application is suspended while it
|
|
|
|
waits for the result, it is hard for the application to decide that
|
|
|
|
it would like to try to cancel the ongoing command. (It can be done
|
|
|
|
from a signal handler, but not otherwise.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function> can return only one
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> structure. If the submitted command
|
|
|
|
string contains multiple <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands, all but
|
|
|
|
the last <structname>PGresult</structname> are discarded by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Applications that do not like these limitations can instead use the
|
|
|
|
underlying functions that <function>PQexec</function> is built from:
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function> and <function>PQgetResult</function>.
|
|
|
|
There are also
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryParams</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendPrepare</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryPrepared</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendDescribePrepared</function>, and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendDescribePortal</function>,
|
|
|
|
which can be used with <function>PQgetResult</function> to duplicate
|
|
|
|
the functionality of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprepare</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</function>, and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePortal</function>
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsendQuery</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to the server without waiting for the result(s).
|
|
|
|
1 is returned if the command was successfully dispatched and 0 if
|
|
|
|
not (in which case, use <function>PQerrorMessage</> to get more
|
|
|
|
information about the failure).
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendQuery(PGconn *conn, const char *command);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
After successfully calling <function>PQsendQuery</function>, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> one or more times to obtain the
|
|
|
|
results. <function>PQsendQuery</function> cannot be called again
|
|
|
|
(on the same connection) until <function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
has returned a null pointer, indicating that the command is done.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryParams</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsendQueryParams</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without
|
|
|
|
waiting for the result(s).
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendQueryParams(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *command,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const Oid *paramTypes,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This is equivalent to <function>PQsendQuery</function> except that
|
|
|
|
query parameters can be specified separately from the query string.
|
|
|
|
The function's parameters are handled identically to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function>, it will not work on 2.0-protocol
|
|
|
|
connections, and it allows only one command in the query string.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendPrepare</>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsendPrepare</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given
|
|
|
|
parameters, without waiting for completion.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendPrepare(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *stmtName,
|
|
|
|
const char *query,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const Oid *paramTypes);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This is an asynchronous version of <function>PQprepare</>: it
|
|
|
|
returns 1 if it was able to dispatch the request, and 0 if not.
|
|
|
|
After a successful call, call <function>PQgetResult</function> to
|
|
|
|
determine whether the server successfully created the prepared
|
|
|
|
statement. The function's parameters are handled identically to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprepare</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQprepare</function>, it will not work on 2.0-protocol
|
|
|
|
connections.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryPrepared</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsendQueryPrepared</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given
|
|
|
|
parameters, without waiting for the result(s).
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendQueryPrepared(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *stmtName,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This is similar to <function>PQsendQueryParams</function>, but
|
|
|
|
the command to be executed is specified by naming a
|
|
|
|
previously-prepared statement, instead of giving a query string.
|
|
|
|
The function's parameters are handled identically to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</function>, it will not work on
|
|
|
|
2.0-protocol connections.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendDescribePrepared</>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsendDescribePrepared</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a request to obtain information about the specified
|
|
|
|
prepared statement, without waiting for completion.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendDescribePrepared(PGconn *conn, const char *stmtName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This is an asynchronous version of <function>PQdescribePrepared</>:
|
|
|
|
it returns 1 if it was able to dispatch the request, and 0 if not.
|
|
|
|
After a successful call, call <function>PQgetResult</function> to
|
|
|
|
obtain the results. The function's parameters are handled
|
|
|
|
identically to <function>PQdescribePrepared</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePrepared</function>, it will not work on
|
|
|
|
2.0-protocol connections.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendDescribePortal</>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsendDescribePortal</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a request to obtain information about the specified
|
|
|
|
portal, without waiting for completion.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendDescribePortal(PGconn *conn, const char *portalName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This is an asynchronous version of <function>PQdescribePortal</>:
|
|
|
|
it returns 1 if it was able to dispatch the request, and 0 if not.
|
|
|
|
After a successful call, call <function>PQgetResult</function> to
|
|
|
|
obtain the results. The function's parameters are handled
|
|
|
|
identically to <function>PQdescribePortal</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQdescribePortal</function>, it will not work on
|
|
|
|
2.0-protocol connections.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetResult</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Waits for the next result from a prior
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryParams</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendPrepare</function>, or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryPrepared</function> call, and returns it.
|
|
|
|
A null pointer is returned when the command is complete and there
|
|
|
|
will be no more results.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQgetResult(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> must be called repeatedly until
|
|
|
|
it returns a null pointer, indicating that the command is done.
|
|
|
|
(If called when no command is active,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> will just return a null pointer
|
|
|
|
at once.) Each non-null result from
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> should be processed using the
|
|
|
|
same <structname>PGresult</> accessor functions previously
|
|
|
|
described. Don't forget to free each result object with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function> when done with it. Note that
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> will block only if a command is
|
|
|
|
active and the necessary response data has not yet been read by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Using <function>PQsendQuery</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> solves one of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>'s problems: If a command string contains
|
|
|
|
multiple <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands, the results of those commands
|
|
|
|
can be obtained individually. (This allows a simple form of overlapped
|
|
|
|
processing, by the way: the client can be handling the results of one
|
|
|
|
command while the server is still working on later queries in the same
|
|
|
|
command string.) However, calling <function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
will still cause the client to block until the server completes the
|
|
|
|
next <acronym>SQL</acronym> command. This can be avoided by proper
|
|
|
|
use of two more functions:
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQconsumeInput</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If input is available from the server, consume it.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQconsumeInput(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> normally returns 1 indicating
|
|
|
|
<quote>no error</quote>, but returns 0 if there was some kind of
|
|
|
|
trouble (in which case <function>PQerrorMessage</function> can be
|
|
|
|
consulted). Note that the result does not say whether any input
|
|
|
|
data was actually collected. After calling
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function>, the application can check
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisBusy</function> and/or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function> to see if their state has changed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> can be called even if the
|
|
|
|
application is not prepared to deal with a result or notification
|
|
|
|
just yet. The function will read available data and save it in
|
|
|
|
a buffer, thereby causing a <function>select()</function>
|
|
|
|
read-ready indication to go away. The application can thus use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> to clear the
|
|
|
|
<function>select()</function> condition immediately, and then
|
|
|
|
examine the results at leisure.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisBusy</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQisBusy</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if a command is busy, that is,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> would block waiting for input.
|
|
|
|
A 0 return indicates that <function>PQgetResult</function> can be
|
|
|
|
called with assurance of not blocking.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQisBusy(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisBusy</function> will not itself attempt to read data
|
|
|
|
from the server; therefore <function>PQconsumeInput</function>
|
|
|
|
must be invoked first, or the busy state will never end.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A typical application using these functions will have a main loop that
|
|
|
|
uses <function>select()</function> or <function>poll()</> to wait for
|
|
|
|
all the conditions that it must respond to. One of the conditions
|
|
|
|
will be input available from the server, which in terms of
|
|
|
|
<function>select()</function> means readable data on the file
|
|
|
|
descriptor identified by <function>PQsocket</function>. When the main
|
|
|
|
loop detects input ready, it should call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> to read the input. It can then
|
|
|
|
call <function>PQisBusy</function>, followed by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> if <function>PQisBusy</function>
|
|
|
|
returns false (0). It can also call <function>PQnotifies</function>
|
|
|
|
to detect <command>NOTIFY</> messages (see <xref
|
|
|
|
linkend="libpq-notify">).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A client that uses
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>/<function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
can also attempt to cancel a command that is still being processed
|
|
|
|
by the server; see <xref linkend="libpq-cancel">. But regardless of
|
|
|
|
the return value of <function>PQcancel</function>, the application
|
|
|
|
must continue with the normal result-reading sequence using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function>. A successful cancellation will
|
|
|
|
simply cause the command to terminate sooner than it would have
|
|
|
|
otherwise.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
By using the functions described above, it is possible to avoid
|
|
|
|
blocking while waiting for input from the database server. However,
|
|
|
|
it is still possible that the application will block waiting to send
|
|
|
|
output to the server. This is relatively uncommon but can happen if
|
|
|
|
very long SQL commands or data values are sent. (It is much more
|
|
|
|
probable if the application sends data via <command>COPY IN</command>,
|
|
|
|
however.) To prevent this possibility and achieve completely
|
|
|
|
nonblocking database operation, the following additional functions
|
|
|
|
can be used.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetnonblocking</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsetnonblocking</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sets the nonblocking status of the connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsetnonblocking(PGconn *conn, int arg);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sets the state of the connection to nonblocking if
|
|
|
|
<parameter>arg</parameter> is 1, or blocking if
|
|
|
|
<parameter>arg</parameter> is 0. Returns 0 if OK, -1 if error.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
In the nonblocking state, calls to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>, <function>PQputline</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputnbytes</function>, and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function> will not block but instead return
|
|
|
|
an error if they need to be called again.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that <function>PQexec</function> does not honor nonblocking
|
|
|
|
mode; if it is called, it will act in blocking fashion anyway.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisnonblocking</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQisnonblocking</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the blocking status of the database connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQisnonblocking(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if the connection is set to nonblocking mode and 0 if
|
|
|
|
blocking.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQflush</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQflush</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Attempts to flush any queued output data to the server. Returns
|
|
|
|
0 if successful (or if the send queue is empty), -1 if it failed
|
|
|
|
for some reason, or 1 if it was unable to send all the data in
|
|
|
|
the send queue yet (this case can only occur if the connection
|
|
|
|
is nonblocking).
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQflush(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After sending any command or data on a nonblocking connection, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQflush</function>. If it returns 1, wait for the socket
|
|
|
|
to be write-ready and call it again; repeat until it returns 0. Once
|
|
|
|
<function>PQflush</function> returns 0, wait for the socket to be
|
|
|
|
read-ready and then read the response as described above.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-cancel">
|
|
|
|
<title>Cancelling Queries in Progress</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-cancel">
|
|
|
|
<primary>canceling</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>SQL command</secondary>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A client application can request cancellation of a command that is
|
|
|
|
still being processed by the server, using the functions described in
|
|
|
|
this section.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetCancel</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetCancel</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Creates a data structure containing the information needed to cancel
|
|
|
|
a command issued through a particular database connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGcancel *PQgetCancel(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetCancel</function> creates a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGcancel</><indexterm><primary>PGcancel</></> object
|
|
|
|
given a <structname>PGconn</> connection object. It will return
|
|
|
|
NULL if the given <parameter>conn</> is NULL or an invalid
|
|
|
|
connection. The <structname>PGcancel</> object is an opaque
|
|
|
|
structure that is not meant to be accessed directly by the
|
|
|
|
application; it can only be passed to <function>PQcancel</function>
|
|
|
|
or <function>PQfreeCancel</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreeCancel</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfreeCancel</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Frees a data structure created by <function>PQgetCancel</function>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQfreeCancel(PGcancel *cancel);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreeCancel</function> frees a data object previously created
|
|
|
|
by <function>PQgetCancel</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQcancel</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQcancel</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Requests that the server abandon processing of the current command.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQcancel(PGcancel *cancel, char *errbuf, int errbufsize);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The return value is 1 if the cancel request was successfully
|
|
|
|
dispatched and 0 if not. If not, <parameter>errbuf</> is filled
|
|
|
|
with an error message explaining why not. <parameter>errbuf</>
|
|
|
|
must be a char array of size <parameter>errbufsize</> (the
|
|
|
|
recommended size is 256 bytes).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Successful dispatch is no guarantee that the request will have
|
|
|
|
any effect, however. If the cancellation is effective, the current
|
|
|
|
command will terminate early and return an error result. If the
|
|
|
|
cancellation fails (say, because the server was already done
|
|
|
|
processing the command), then there will be no visible result at
|
|
|
|
all.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQcancel</function> can safely be invoked from a signal
|
|
|
|
handler, if the <parameter>errbuf</> is a local variable in the
|
|
|
|
signal handler. The <structname>PGcancel</> object is read-only
|
|
|
|
as far as <function>PQcancel</function> is concerned, so it can
|
|
|
|
also be invoked from a thread that is separate from the one
|
|
|
|
manipulating the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQrequestCancel</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQrequestCancel</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Requests that the server abandon processing of the current
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQrequestCancel(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQrequestCancel</function> is a deprecated variant of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQcancel</function>. It operates directly on the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</> object, and in case of failure stores the
|
|
|
|
error message in the <structname>PGconn</> object (whence it can
|
|
|
|
be retrieved by <function>PQerrorMessage</function>). Although
|
|
|
|
the functionality is the same, this approach creates hazards for
|
|
|
|
multiple-thread programs and signal handlers, since it is possible
|
|
|
|
that overwriting the <structname>PGconn</>'s error message will
|
|
|
|
mess up the operation currently in progress on the connection.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-fastpath">
|
|
|
|
<title>The Fast-Path Interface</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-fastpath">
|
|
|
|
<primary>fast path</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> provides a fast-path interface
|
|
|
|
to send simple function calls to the server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<tip>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This interface is somewhat obsolete, as one can achieve similar
|
|
|
|
performance and greater functionality by setting up a prepared
|
|
|
|
statement to define the function call. Then, executing the statement
|
|
|
|
with binary transmission of parameters and results substitutes for a
|
|
|
|
fast-path function call.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</tip>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The function <function>PQfn</function><indexterm><primary>PQfn</></>
|
|
|
|
requests execution of a server function via the fast-path interface:
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQfn(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
int fnid,
|
|
|
|
int *result_buf,
|
|
|
|
int *result_len,
|
|
|
|
int result_is_int,
|
|
|
|
const PQArgBlock *args,
|
|
|
|
int nargs);
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
int isint;
|
|
|
|
union {
|
|
|
|
int *ptr;
|
|
|
|
int integer;
|
|
|
|
} u;
|
|
|
|
} PQArgBlock;
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <parameter>fnid</> argument is the OID of the function to be
|
|
|
|
executed. <parameter>args</> and <parameter>nargs</> define the
|
|
|
|
parameters to be passed to the function; they must match the declared
|
|
|
|
function argument list. When the <parameter>isint</> field of a
|
|
|
|
parameter structure is true, the <parameter>u.integer</> value is sent
|
|
|
|
to the server as an integer of the indicated length (this must be 1,
|
|
|
|
2, or 4 bytes); proper byte-swapping occurs. When <parameter>isint</>
|
|
|
|
is false, the indicated number of bytes at <parameter>*u.ptr</> are
|
|
|
|
sent with no processing; the data must be in the format expected by
|
|
|
|
the server for binary transmission of the function's argument data
|
|
|
|
type. <parameter>result_buf</parameter> is the buffer in which to
|
|
|
|
place the return value. The caller must have allocated sufficient
|
|
|
|
space to store the return value. (There is no check!) The actual result
|
|
|
|
length will be returned in the integer pointed to by
|
|
|
|
<parameter>result_len</parameter>. If a 1, 2, or 4-byte integer result
|
|
|
|
is expected, set <parameter>result_is_int</parameter> to 1, otherwise
|
|
|
|
set it to 0. Setting <parameter>result_is_int</parameter> to 1 causes
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> to byte-swap the value if necessary, so that it
|
|
|
|
is delivered as a proper <type>int</type> value for the client machine.
|
|
|
|
When <parameter>result_is_int</> is 0, the binary-format byte string
|
|
|
|
sent by the server is returned unmodified.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfn</function> always returns a valid
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> pointer. The result status should be
|
|
|
|
checked before the result is used. The caller is responsible for
|
|
|
|
freeing the <structname>PGresult</structname> with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function> when it is no longer needed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that it is not possible to handle null arguments, null results,
|
|
|
|
nor set-valued results when using this interface.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-notify">
|
|
|
|
<title>Asynchronous Notification</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-notify">
|
|
|
|
<primary>NOTIFY</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> offers asynchronous notification
|
|
|
|
via the <command>LISTEN</command> and <command>NOTIFY</command>
|
|
|
|
commands. A client session registers its interest in a particular
|
|
|
|
notification condition with the <command>LISTEN</command> command (and
|
|
|
|
can stop listening with the <command>UNLISTEN</command> command). All
|
|
|
|
sessions listening on a particular condition will be notified
|
|
|
|
asynchronously when a <command>NOTIFY</command> command with that
|
|
|
|
condition name is executed by any session. No additional information
|
|
|
|
is passed from the notifier to the listener. Thus, typically, any
|
|
|
|
actual data that needs to be communicated is transferred through a
|
|
|
|
database table. Commonly, the condition name is the same as the
|
|
|
|
associated table, but it is not necessary for there to be any associated
|
|
|
|
table.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> applications submit
|
|
|
|
<command>LISTEN</command> and <command>UNLISTEN</command> commands as
|
|
|
|
ordinary SQL commands. The arrival of <command>NOTIFY</command>
|
|
|
|
messages can subsequently be detected by calling
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function>.<indexterm><primary>PQnotifies</></>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The function <function>PQnotifies</function>
|
|
|
|
returns the next notification from a list of unhandled
|
|
|
|
notification messages received from the server. It returns a null pointer if
|
|
|
|
there are no pending notifications. Once a notification is
|
|
|
|
returned from <function>PQnotifies</>, it is considered handled and will be
|
|
|
|
removed from the list of notifications.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGnotify *PQnotifies(PGconn *conn);
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
typedef struct pgNotify {
|
|
|
|
char *relname; /* notification condition name */
|
|
|
|
int be_pid; /* process ID of notifying server process */
|
|
|
|
char *extra; /* notification parameter */
|
|
|
|
} PGnotify;
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
After processing a <structname>PGnotify</structname> object returned
|
|
|
|
by <function>PQnotifies</function>, be sure to free it with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreemem</function>. It is sufficient to free the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGnotify</structname> pointer; the
|
|
|
|
<structfield>relname</structfield> and <structfield>extra</structfield>
|
|
|
|
fields do not represent separate allocations. (At present, the
|
|
|
|
<structfield>extra</structfield> field is unused and will always point
|
|
|
|
to an empty string.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="libpq-example-2"> gives a sample program that illustrates
|
|
|
|
the use of asynchronous notification.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function> does not actually read data from the
|
|
|
|
server; it just returns messages previously absorbed by another
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> function. In prior releases of
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application>, the only way to ensure timely receipt
|
|
|
|
of <command>NOTIFY</> messages was to constantly submit commands, even
|
|
|
|
empty ones, and then check <function>PQnotifies</function> after each
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>. While this still works, it is deprecated
|
|
|
|
as a waste of processing power.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A better way to check for <command>NOTIFY</> messages when you have no
|
|
|
|
useful commands to execute is to call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function>, then check
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function>. You can use
|
|
|
|
<function>select()</function> to wait for data to arrive from the
|
|
|
|
server, thereby using no <acronym>CPU</acronym> power unless there is
|
|
|
|
something to do. (See <function>PQsocket</function> to obtain the file
|
|
|
|
descriptor number to use with <function>select()</function>.) Note that
|
|
|
|
this will work OK whether you submit commands with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>/<function>PQgetResult</function> or
|
|
|
|
simply use <function>PQexec</function>. You should, however, remember
|
|
|
|
to check <function>PQnotifies</function> after each
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> or <function>PQexec</function>, to
|
|
|
|
see if any notifications came in during the processing of the command.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-copy">
|
|
|
|
<title>Functions Associated with the <command>COPY</command> Command</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-copy">
|
|
|
|
<primary>COPY</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <command>COPY</command> command in
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> has options to read from or write
|
|
|
|
to the network connection used by <application>libpq</application>.
|
|
|
|
The functions described in this section allow applications to take
|
|
|
|
advantage of this capability by supplying or consuming copied data.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The overall process is that the application first issues the SQL
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</command> command via <function>PQexec</function> or one
|
|
|
|
of the equivalent functions. The response to this (if there is no
|
|
|
|
error in the command) will be a <structname>PGresult</> object bearing
|
|
|
|
a status code of <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal> (depending on the specified copy
|
|
|
|
direction). The application should then use the functions of this
|
|
|
|
section to receive or transmit data rows. When the data transfer is
|
|
|
|
complete, another <structname>PGresult</> object is returned to indicate
|
|
|
|
success or failure of the transfer. Its status will be
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal> for success or
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_FATAL_ERROR</literal> if some problem was encountered.
|
|
|
|
At this point further SQL commands can be issued via
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>. (It is not possible to execute other SQL
|
|
|
|
commands using the same connection while the <command>COPY</command>
|
|
|
|
operation is in progress.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If a <command>COPY</command> command is issued via
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function> in a string that could contain additional
|
|
|
|
commands, the application must continue fetching results via
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</> after completing the <command>COPY</command>
|
|
|
|
sequence. Only when <function>PQgetResult</> returns
|
|
|
|
<symbol>NULL</symbol> is it certain that the <function>PQexec</function>
|
|
|
|
command string is done and it is safe to issue more commands.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The functions of this section should be executed only after obtaining
|
|
|
|
a result status of <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal> from <function>PQexec</function> or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A <structname>PGresult</> object bearing one of these status values
|
|
|
|
carries some additional data about the <command>COPY</command> operation
|
|
|
|
that is starting. This additional data is available using functions
|
|
|
|
that are also used in connection with query results:
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnfields</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQnfields</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with COPY</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of columns (fields) to be copied.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQbinaryTuples</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQbinaryTuples</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with COPY</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
0 indicates the overall copy format is textual (rows separated by
|
|
|
|
newlines, columns separated by separator characters, etc). 1
|
|
|
|
indicates the overall copy format is binary. See <xref
|
|
|
|
linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> for more information.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfformat</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQfformat</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with COPY</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the format code (0 for text, 1 for binary) associated with
|
|
|
|
each column of the copy operation. The per-column format codes
|
|
|
|
will always be zero when the overall copy format is textual, but
|
|
|
|
the binary format can support both text and binary columns.
|
|
|
|
(However, as of the current implementation of <command>COPY</>,
|
|
|
|
only binary columns appear in a binary copy; so the per-column
|
|
|
|
formats always match the overall format at present.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<note>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These additional data values are only available when using protocol
|
|
|
|
3.0. When using protocol 2.0, all these functions will return 0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</note>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-copy-send">
|
|
|
|
<title>Functions for Sending <command>COPY</command> Data</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to send data during <literal>COPY FROM
|
|
|
|
STDIN</>. They will fail if called when the connection is not in
|
|
|
|
<literal>COPY_IN</> state.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputCopyData</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQputCopyData</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends data to the server during <literal>COPY_IN</> state.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQputCopyData(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int nbytes);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Transmits the <command>COPY</command> data in the specified
|
|
|
|
<parameter>buffer</>, of length <parameter>nbytes</>, to the server.
|
|
|
|
The result is 1 if the data was sent, zero if it was not sent
|
|
|
|
because the attempt would block (this case is only possible if the
|
|
|
|
connection is in nonblocking mode), or -1 if an error occurred.
|
|
|
|
(Use <function>PQerrorMessage</function> to retrieve details if
|
|
|
|
the return value is -1. If the value is zero, wait for write-ready
|
|
|
|
and try again.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The application can divide the <command>COPY</command> data stream
|
|
|
|
into buffer loads of any convenient size. Buffer-load boundaries
|
|
|
|
have no semantic significance when sending. The contents of the
|
|
|
|
data stream must match the data format expected by the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> command; see <xref linkend="sql-copy"
|
|
|
|
endterm="sql-copy-title"> for details.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputCopyEnd</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQputCopyEnd</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends end-of-data indication to the server during <literal>COPY_IN</> state.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQputCopyEnd(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *errormsg);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Ends the <literal>COPY_IN</> operation successfully if
|
|
|
|
<parameter>errormsg</> is <symbol>NULL</symbol>. If
|
|
|
|
<parameter>errormsg</> is not <symbol>NULL</symbol> then the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> is forced to fail, with the string pointed to by
|
|
|
|
<parameter>errormsg</> used as the error message. (One should not
|
|
|
|
assume that this exact error message will come back from the server,
|
|
|
|
however, as the server might have already failed the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> for its own reasons. Also note that the option
|
|
|
|
to force failure does not work when using pre-3.0-protocol
|
|
|
|
connections.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The result is 1 if the termination data was sent, zero if it was
|
|
|
|
not sent because the attempt would block (this case is only possible
|
|
|
|
if the connection is in nonblocking mode), or -1 if an error
|
|
|
|
occurred. (Use <function>PQerrorMessage</function> to retrieve
|
|
|
|
details if the return value is -1. If the value is zero, wait for
|
|
|
|
write-ready and try again.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After successfully calling <function>PQputCopyEnd</>, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</> to obtain the final result status of the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> command. One can wait for this result to be
|
|
|
|
available in the usual way. Then return to normal operation.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-copy-receive">
|
|
|
|
<title>Functions for Receiving <command>COPY</command> Data</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to receive data during <literal>COPY TO
|
|
|
|
STDOUT</>. They will fail if called when the connection is not in
|
|
|
|
<literal>COPY_OUT</> state.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetCopyData</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetCopyData</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Receives data from the server during <literal>COPY_OUT</> state.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetCopyData(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
char **buffer,
|
|
|
|
int async);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Attempts to obtain another row of data from the server during a
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</command>. Data is always returned one data row at
|
|
|
|
a time; if only a partial row is available, it is not returned.
|
|
|
|
Successful return of a data row involves allocating a chunk of
|
|
|
|
memory to hold the data. The <parameter>buffer</> parameter must
|
|
|
|
be non-<symbol>NULL</symbol>. <parameter>*buffer</> is set to
|
|
|
|
point to the allocated memory, or to <symbol>NULL</symbol> in cases
|
|
|
|
where no buffer is returned. A non-<symbol>NULL</symbol> result
|
|
|
|
buffer must be freed using <function>PQfreemem</> when no longer
|
|
|
|
needed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When a row is successfully returned, the return value is the number
|
|
|
|
of data bytes in the row (this will always be greater than zero).
|
|
|
|
The returned string is always null-terminated, though this is
|
|
|
|
probably only useful for textual <command>COPY</command>. A result
|
|
|
|
of zero indicates that the <command>COPY</command> is still in
|
|
|
|
progress, but no row is yet available (this is only possible when
|
|
|
|
<parameter>async</> is true). A result of -1 indicates that the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</command> is done. A result of -2 indicates that an
|
|
|
|
error occurred (consult <function>PQerrorMessage</> for the reason).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When <parameter>async</> is true (not zero),
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetCopyData</> will not block waiting for input; it
|
|
|
|
will return zero if the <command>COPY</command> is still in progress
|
|
|
|
but no complete row is available. (In this case wait for read-ready
|
|
|
|
and then call <function>PQconsumeInput</> before calling
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetCopyData</> again.) When <parameter>async</> is
|
|
|
|
false (zero), <function>PQgetCopyData</> will block until data is
|
|
|
|
available or the operation completes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After <function>PQgetCopyData</> returns -1, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</> to obtain the final result status of the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> command. One can wait for this result to be
|
|
|
|
available in the usual way. Then return to normal operation.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-copy-deprecated">
|
|
|
|
<title>Obsolete Functions for <command>COPY</command></title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions represent older methods of handling <command>COPY</>.
|
|
|
|
Although they still work, they are deprecated due to poor error handling,
|
|
|
|
inconvenient methods of detecting end-of-data, and lack of support for binary
|
|
|
|
or nonblocking transfers.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetline</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetline</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Reads a newline-terminated line of characters (transmitted
|
|
|
|
by the server) into a buffer string of size <parameter>length</>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetline(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function copies up to <parameter>length</>-1 characters into
|
|
|
|
the buffer and converts the terminating newline into a zero byte.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetline</function> returns <symbol>EOF</symbol> at the
|
|
|
|
end of input, 0 if the entire line has been read, and 1 if the
|
|
|
|
buffer is full but the terminating newline has not yet been read.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that the application must check to see if a new line consists
|
|
|
|
of the two characters <literal>\.</literal>, which indicates
|
|
|
|
that the server has finished sending the results of the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</command> command. If the application might receive
|
|
|
|
lines that are more than <parameter>length</>-1 characters long,
|
|
|
|
care is needed to be sure it recognizes the <literal>\.</literal>
|
|
|
|
line correctly (and does not, for example, mistake the end of a
|
|
|
|
long data line for a terminator line).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetlineAsync</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQgetlineAsync</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Reads a row of <command>COPY</command> data (transmitted by the
|
|
|
|
server) into a buffer without blocking.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetlineAsync(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int bufsize);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function is similar to <function>PQgetline</function>, but it can be used
|
|
|
|
by applications
|
|
|
|
that must read <command>COPY</command> data asynchronously, that is, without blocking.
|
|
|
|
Having issued the <command>COPY</command> command and gotten a <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal>
|
|
|
|
response, the
|
|
|
|
application should call <function>PQconsumeInput</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetlineAsync</function> until the
|
|
|
|
end-of-data signal is detected.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Unlike <function>PQgetline</function>, this function takes
|
|
|
|
responsibility for detecting end-of-data.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
On each call, <function>PQgetlineAsync</function> will return data if a
|
|
|
|
complete data row is available in <application>libpq</>'s input buffer.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, no data is returned until the rest of the row arrives.
|
|
|
|
The function returns -1 if the end-of-copy-data marker has been recognized,
|
|
|
|
or 0 if no data is available, or a positive number giving the number of
|
|
|
|
bytes of data returned. If -1 is returned, the caller must next call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function>, and then return to normal processing.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The data returned will not extend beyond a data-row boundary. If possible
|
|
|
|
a whole row will be returned at one time. But if the buffer offered by
|
|
|
|
the caller is too small to hold a row sent by the server, then a partial
|
|
|
|
data row will be returned. With textual data this can be detected by testing
|
|
|
|
whether the last returned byte is <literal>\n</literal> or not. (In a binary
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</>, actual parsing of the <command>COPY</> data format will be needed to make the
|
|
|
|
equivalent determination.)
|
|
|
|
The returned string is not null-terminated. (If you want to add a
|
|
|
|
terminating null, be sure to pass a <parameter>bufsize</parameter> one smaller
|
|
|
|
than the room actually available.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputline</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQputline</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a null-terminated string to the server. Returns 0 if
|
|
|
|
OK and <symbol>EOF</symbol> if unable to send the string.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQputline(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *string);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <command>COPY</command> data stream sent by a series of calls
|
|
|
|
to <function>PQputline</function> has the same format as that
|
|
|
|
returned by <function>PQgetlineAsync</function>, except that
|
|
|
|
applications are not obliged to send exactly one data row per
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputline</function> call; it is okay to send a partial
|
|
|
|
line or multiple lines per call.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<note>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Before <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> protocol 3.0, it was necessary
|
|
|
|
for the application to explicitly send the two characters
|
|
|
|
<literal>\.</literal> as a final line to indicate to the server that it had
|
|
|
|
finished sending <command>COPY</> data. While this still works, it is deprecated and the
|
|
|
|
special meaning of <literal>\.</literal> can be expected to be removed in a
|
|
|
|
future release. It is sufficient to call <function>PQendcopy</function> after
|
|
|
|
having sent the actual data.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</note>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputnbytes</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQputnbytes</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a non-null-terminated string to the server. Returns
|
|
|
|
0 if OK and <symbol>EOF</symbol> if unable to send the string.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQputnbytes(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int nbytes);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is exactly like <function>PQputline</function>, except that the data
|
|
|
|
buffer need not be null-terminated since the number of bytes to send is
|
|
|
|
specified directly. Use this procedure when sending binary data.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQendcopy</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Synchronizes with the server.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQendcopy(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
This function waits until the server has finished the copying.
|
|
|
|
It should either be issued when the last string has been sent
|
|
|
|
to the server using <function>PQputline</function> or when the
|
|
|
|
last string has been received from the server using
|
|
|
|
<function>PGgetline</function>. It must be issued or the server
|
|
|
|
will get <quote>out of sync</quote> with the client. Upon return
|
|
|
|
from this function, the server is ready to receive the next SQL
|
|
|
|
command. The return value is 0 on successful completion,
|
|
|
|
nonzero otherwise. (Use <function>PQerrorMessage</function> to
|
|
|
|
retrieve details if the return value is nonzero.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When using <function>PQgetResult</function>, the application should
|
|
|
|
respond to a <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal> result by executing
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetline</function> repeatedly, followed by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function> after the terminator line is seen.
|
|
|
|
It should then return to the <function>PQgetResult</function> loop
|
|
|
|
until <function>PQgetResult</function> returns a null pointer.
|
|
|
|
Similarly a <literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal> result is processed
|
|
|
|
by a series of <function>PQputline</function> calls followed by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function>, then return to the
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> loop. This arrangement will
|
|
|
|
ensure that a <command>COPY</command> command embedded in a series
|
|
|
|
of <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands will be executed correctly.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Older applications are likely to submit a <command>COPY</command>
|
|
|
|
via <function>PQexec</function> and assume that the transaction
|
|
|
|
is done after <function>PQendcopy</function>. This will work
|
|
|
|
correctly only if the <command>COPY</command> is the only
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SQL</acronym> command in the command string.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-control">
|
|
|
|
<title>Control Functions</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions control miscellaneous details of <application>libpq</>'s
|
|
|
|
behavior.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetErrorVerbosity</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQsetErrorVerbosity</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Determines the verbosity of messages returned by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</> and <function>PQresultErrorMessage</>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
typedef enum {
|
|
|
|
PQERRORS_TERSE,
|
|
|
|
PQERRORS_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
|
PQERRORS_VERBOSE
|
|
|
|
} PGVerbosity;
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
PGVerbosity PQsetErrorVerbosity(PGconn *conn, PGVerbosity verbosity);
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQsetErrorVerbosity</> sets the verbosity mode, returning
|
|
|
|
the connection's previous setting. In <firstterm>TERSE</> mode,
|
|
|
|
returned messages include severity, primary text, and position only;
|
|
|
|
this will normally fit on a single line. The default mode produces
|
|
|
|
messages that include the above plus any detail, hint, or context
|
|
|
|
fields (these might span multiple lines). The <firstterm>VERBOSE</>
|
|
|
|
mode includes all available fields. Changing the verbosity does not
|
|
|
|
affect the messages available from already-existing
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> objects, only subsequently-created ones.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQtrace</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQtrace</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Enables tracing of the client/server communication to a debugging file stream.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQtrace(PGconn *conn, FILE *stream);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<note>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
On Windows, if the <application>libpq</> library and an application are
|
|
|
|
compiled with different flags, this function call will crash the
|
|
|
|
application because the internal representation of the <literal>FILE</>
|
|
|
|
pointers differ. Specifically, multithreaded/single-threaded,
|
|
|
|
release/debug, and static/dynamic flags should be the same for the
|
|
|
|
library and all applications using that library.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</note>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQuntrace</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQuntrace</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Disables tracing started by <function>PQtrace</function>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQuntrace(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 03:13:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-misc">
|
|
|
|
<title>Miscellaneous Functions</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
As always, there are some functions that just don't fit anywhere.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQencryptPassword</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQencryptPassword</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Prepares the encrypted form of a <productname>PostgreSQL</> password.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char * PQencryptPassword(const char *passwd, const char *user);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
This function is intended to be used by client applications that
|
|
|
|
wish to send commands like <literal>ALTER USER joe PASSWORD
|
|
|
|
'pwd'</>. It is good practice not to send the original cleartext
|
|
|
|
password in such a command, because it might be exposed in command
|
|
|
|
logs, activity displays, and so on. Instead, use this function to
|
|
|
|
convert the password to encrypted form before it is sent. The
|
|
|
|
arguments are the cleartext password, and the SQL name of the user
|
|
|
|
it is for. The return value is a string allocated by
|
|
|
|
<function>malloc</function>, or <symbol>NULL</symbol> if out of
|
|
|
|
memory. The caller can assume the string doesn't contain any
|
|
|
|
special characters that would require escaping. Use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreemem</> to free the result when done with it.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-notice-processing">
|
|
|
|
<title>Notice Processing</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-notice-processing">
|
|
|
|
<primary>notice processing</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Notice and warning messages generated by the server are not returned
|
|
|
|
by the query execution functions, since they do not imply failure of
|
|
|
|
the query. Instead they are passed to a notice handling function, and
|
|
|
|
execution continues normally after the handler returns. The default
|
|
|
|
notice handling function prints the message on
|
|
|
|
<filename>stderr</filename>, but the application can override this
|
|
|
|
behavior by supplying its own handling function.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
For historical reasons, there are two levels of notice handling, called
|
|
|
|
the notice receiver and notice processor. The default behavior is for
|
|
|
|
the notice receiver to format the notice and pass a string to the notice
|
|
|
|
processor for printing. However, an application that chooses to provide
|
|
|
|
its own notice receiver will typically ignore the notice processor
|
|
|
|
layer and just do all the work in the notice receiver.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The function <function>PQsetNoticeReceiver</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>notice
|
|
|
|
receiver</></><indexterm><primary>PQsetNoticeReceiver</></> sets or
|
|
|
|
examines the current notice receiver for a connection object.
|
|
|
|
Similarly, <function>PQsetNoticeProcessor</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>notice
|
|
|
|
processor</></><indexterm><primary>PQsetNoticeProcessor</></> sets or
|
|
|
|
examines the current notice processor.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
typedef void (*PQnoticeReceiver) (void *arg, const PGresult *res);
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
PQnoticeReceiver
|
|
|
|
PQsetNoticeReceiver(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
PQnoticeReceiver proc,
|
|
|
|
void *arg);
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
typedef void (*PQnoticeProcessor) (void *arg, const char *message);
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
PQnoticeProcessor
|
|
|
|
PQsetNoticeProcessor(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
PQnoticeProcessor proc,
|
|
|
|
void *arg);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Each of these functions returns the previous notice receiver or
|
|
|
|
processor function pointer, and sets the new value. If you supply a
|
|
|
|
null function pointer, no action is taken, but the current pointer is
|
|
|
|
returned.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When a notice or warning message is received from the server, or
|
|
|
|
generated internally by <application>libpq</application>, the notice
|
|
|
|
receiver function is called. It is passed the message in the form of
|
|
|
|
a <symbol>PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR</symbol>
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>. (This allows the receiver to extract
|
|
|
|
individual fields using <function>PQresultErrorField</>, or the complete
|
|
|
|
preformatted message using <function>PQresultErrorMessage</>.) The same
|
|
|
|
void pointer passed to <function>PQsetNoticeReceiver</function> is also
|
|
|
|
passed. (This pointer can be used to access application-specific state
|
|
|
|
if needed.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The default notice receiver simply extracts the message (using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultErrorMessage</>) and passes it to the notice
|
|
|
|
processor.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The notice processor is responsible for handling a notice or warning
|
|
|
|
message given in text form. It is passed the string text of the message
|
|
|
|
(including a trailing newline), plus a void pointer that is the same
|
|
|
|
one passed to <function>PQsetNoticeProcessor</function>. (This pointer
|
|
|
|
can be used to access application-specific state if needed.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The default notice processor is simply:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
defaultNoticeProcessor(void *arg, const char *message)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s", message);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Once you have set a notice receiver or processor, you should expect
|
|
|
|
that that function could be called as long as either the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</> object or <structname>PGresult</> objects made
|
|
|
|
from it exist. At creation of a <structname>PGresult</>, the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</>'s current notice handling pointers are copied
|
|
|
|
into the <structname>PGresult</> for possible use by functions like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetvalue</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-envars">
|
|
|
|
<title>Environment Variables</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-envars">
|
|
|
|
<primary>environment variable</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The following environment variables can be used to select default
|
|
|
|
connection parameter values, which will be used by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectdb</>, <function>PQsetdbLogin</> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetdb</> if no value is directly specified by the calling
|
|
|
|
code. These are useful to avoid hard-coding database connection
|
|
|
|
information into simple client applications, for example.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGHOST</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGHOST</envar> sets the database server name.
|
|
|
|
If this begins with a slash, it specifies Unix-domain communication
|
|
|
|
rather than TCP/IP communication; the value is then the name of the
|
|
|
|
directory in which the socket file is stored (in a default installation
|
|
|
|
setup this would be <filename>/tmp</filename>).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGHOSTADDR</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGHOSTADDR</envar> specifies the numeric IP address of the database
|
|
|
|
server. This can be set instead of or in addition to <envar>PGHOST</envar>
|
|
|
|
to avoid DNS lookup overhead. See the documentation of
|
|
|
|
these parameters, under <function>PQconnectdb</function> above, for details
|
|
|
|
on their interaction.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When neither <envar>PGHOST</envar> nor <envar>PGHOSTADDR</envar> is set,
|
|
|
|
the default behavior is to connect using a local Unix-domain socket; or on
|
|
|
|
machines without Unix-domain sockets, <application>libpq</application> will
|
|
|
|
attempt to connect to <literal>localhost</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGPORT</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGPORT</envar> sets the TCP port number or Unix-domain socket
|
|
|
|
file extension for communicating with the
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGDATABASE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGDATABASE</envar> sets the
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> database name.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGUSER</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGUSER</envar> sets the user name used to connect to the
|
|
|
|
database.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGPASSWORD</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGPASSWORD</envar> sets the password used if the server
|
|
|
|
demands password authentication. Use of this environment variable
|
|
|
|
is not recommended for security reasons (some operating systems
|
|
|
|
allow non-root users to see process environment variables via
|
|
|
|
<application>ps</>); instead consider using the
|
|
|
|
<filename>~/.pgpass</> file (see <xref linkend="libpq-pgpass">).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGPASSFILE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGPASSFILE</envar> specifies the name of the password file to
|
|
|
|
use for lookups. If not set, it defaults to <filename>~/.pgpass</>
|
|
|
|
(see <xref linkend="libpq-pgpass">).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGSERVICE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSERVICE</envar>
|
|
|
|
sets the service name to be looked up in
|
|
|
|
<filename>pg_service.conf</filename>. This offers a shorthand way
|
|
|
|
of setting all the parameters.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGREALM</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGREALM</envar> sets the Kerberos realm to use with
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, if it is different from the
|
|
|
|
local realm. If <envar>PGREALM</envar> is set,
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> applications will attempt
|
|
|
|
authentication with servers for this realm and use separate ticket
|
|
|
|
files to avoid conflicts with local ticket files. This
|
|
|
|
environment variable is only used if Kerberos authentication is
|
|
|
|
selected by the server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGOPTIONS</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGOPTIONS</envar> sets additional run-time options for the
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGSSLMODE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSSLMODE</envar> determines whether and with what priority
|
|
|
|
an <acronym>SSL</> connection will be negotiated with the server.
|
|
|
|
There are four modes: <literal>disable</> will attempt only an
|
|
|
|
unencrypted <acronym>SSL</> connection; <literal>allow</> will
|
|
|
|
negotiate, trying first a non-<acronym>SSL</> connection, then if
|
|
|
|
that fails, trying an <acronym>SSL</> connection; <literal>prefer</>
|
|
|
|
(the default) will negotiate, trying first an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection, then if that fails, trying a regular non-<acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection; <literal>require</> will try only an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection. If <productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled without SSL
|
|
|
|
support, using option <literal>require</> will cause an error, while
|
|
|
|
options <literal>allow</> and <literal>prefer</> will be accepted
|
|
|
|
but <application>libpq</> will not in fact attempt an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGREQUIRESSL</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGREQUIRESSL</envar> sets whether or not the connection must
|
|
|
|
be made over <acronym>SSL</acronym>. If set to <quote>1</quote>,
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> will refuse to connect if the server does not
|
|
|
|
accept an <acronym>SSL</acronym> connection (equivalent to
|
|
|
|
<literal>sslmode</> <literal>prefer</>). This option is deprecated
|
|
|
|
in favor of the <literal>sslmode</> setting, and is only available
|
|
|
|
if <productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled with SSL support.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGSSLKEY</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSSLKEY</envar> specifies the hardware token that stores the
|
|
|
|
secret key for the client certificate. The value of this variable
|
|
|
|
should consist of a colon-separated engine name (engines are
|
|
|
|
<productname>OpenSSL</> loadable modules) and an engine-specific key
|
|
|
|
identifier. If this is not set, the secret key must be kept in a
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGKRBSRVNAME</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGKRBSRVNAME</envar> sets the Kerberos service name to use
|
|
|
|
when authenticating with Kerberos 5 or GSSAPI.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGGSSLIB</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGGSSLIB</envar> sets the GSS library to use for GSSAPI
|
|
|
|
authentication.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT</envar> sets the maximum number of seconds
|
|
|
|
that <application>libpq</application> will wait when attempting to
|
|
|
|
connect to the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server. If
|
|
|
|
unset or set to zero, <application>libpq</application> will wait
|
|
|
|
indefinitely. It is not recommended to set the timeout to less than
|
|
|
|
2 seconds.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
The following environment variables can be used to specify default
|
|
|
|
behavior for each <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> session. (See
|
|
|
|
also the <xref linkend="sql-alteruser" endterm="sql-alteruser-title">
|
|
|
|
and <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase" endterm="sql-alterdatabase-title">
|
|
|
|
commands for ways to set default behavior on a per-user or per-database
|
|
|
|
basis.)
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGDATESTYLE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGDATESTYLE</envar> sets the default style of date/time
|
|
|
|
representation. (Equivalent to <literal>SET datestyle TO
|
|
|
|
...</literal>.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGTZ</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGTZ</envar> sets the default time zone. (Equivalent to
|
|
|
|
<literal>SET timezone TO ...</literal>.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGCLIENTENCODING</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGCLIENTENCODING</envar> sets the default client character
|
|
|
|
set encoding. (Equivalent to <literal>SET client_encoding TO
|
|
|
|
...</literal>.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGGEQO</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGGEQO</envar> sets the default mode for the genetic query
|
|
|
|
optimizer. (Equivalent to <literal>SET geqo TO ...</literal>.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Refer to the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="sql-set"
|
|
|
|
endterm="sql-set-title"> for information on correct values for these
|
|
|
|
environment variables.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
The following environment variables determine internal behavior of
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application>; they override compiled-in defaults.
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGSYSCONFDIR</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSYSCONFDIR</envar> sets the directory containing the
|
|
|
|
<filename>pg_service.conf</> file.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGLOCALEDIR</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGLOCALEDIR</envar> sets the directory containing the
|
|
|
|
<literal>locale</> files for message internationalization.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-pgpass">
|
|
|
|
<title>The Password File</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-pgpass">
|
|
|
|
<primary>password file</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-pgpass">
|
|
|
|
<primary>.pgpass</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
The file <filename>.pgpass</filename> in a user's home directory or the
|
|
|
|
file referenced by <envar>PGPASSFILE</envar> can contain passwords to
|
|
|
|
be used if the connection requires a password (and no password has been
|
|
|
|
specified otherwise). On Microsoft Windows the file is named
|
|
|
|
<filename>%APPDATA%\postgresql\pgpass.conf</> (where
|
|
|
|
<filename>%APPDATA%</> refers to the Application Data subdirectory in
|
|
|
|
the user's profile).
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This file should contain lines of the following format:
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>:<replaceable>port</replaceable>:<replaceable>database</replaceable>:<replaceable>username</replaceable>:<replaceable>password</replaceable>
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Each of the first four fields can be a literal value, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>*</literal>, which matches anything. The password field from
|
|
|
|
the first line that matches the current connection parameters will be
|
|
|
|
used. (Therefore, put more-specific entries first when you are using
|
|
|
|
wildcards.) If an entry needs to contain <literal>:</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>\</literal>, escape this character with <literal>\</literal>.
|
2007-11-28 16:42:31 +01:00
|
|
|
A host name of <literal>localhost</> matches both TCP (host name
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>localhost</>) and Unix domain socket (<literal>pghost</> empty
|
|
|
|
or the default socket directory) connections coming from the local
|
|
|
|
machine.
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
On Unix systems, the permissions on <filename>.pgpass</filename> must
|
|
|
|
disallow any access to world or group; achieve this by the command
|
|
|
|
<command>chmod 0600 ~/.pgpass</command>. If the permissions are less
|
|
|
|
strict than this, the file will be ignored. On Microsoft Windows, it
|
|
|
|
is assumed that the file is stored in a directory that is secure, so
|
|
|
|
no special permissions check is made.
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-pgservice">
|
|
|
|
<title>The Connection Service File</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-pgservice">
|
|
|
|
<primary>connection service file</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-pgservice">
|
|
|
|
<primary>pg_service.conf</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
The connection service file allows libpq connection parameters to be
|
|
|
|
associated with a single service name. That service name can then be
|
|
|
|
specified by a libpq connection, and the associated settings will be
|
|
|
|
used. This allows connection parameters to be modified without requiring
|
|
|
|
a recompile of the libpq application. The service name can also be
|
|
|
|
specified using the <envar>PGSERVICE</envar> environment variable.
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
To use this feature, copy
|
|
|
|
<filename>share/pg_service.conf.sample</filename> to
|
|
|
|
<filename>etc/pg_service.conf</filename> and edit the file to add
|
|
|
|
service names and parameters. This file can be used for client-only
|
|
|
|
installs too. The file's location can also be specified by the
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSYSCONFDIR</envar> environment variable.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-ldap">
|
|
|
|
<title>LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-ldap">
|
|
|
|
<primary>LDAP connection parameter lookup</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
If <application>libpq</application> has been compiled with LDAP support (option
|
|
|
|
<literal><option>--with-ldap</option></literal> for <command>configure</command>)
|
|
|
|
it is possible to retrieve connection options like <literal>host</literal>
|
|
|
|
or <literal>dbname</literal> via LDAP from a central server.
|
|
|
|
The advantage is that if the connection parameters for a database change,
|
|
|
|
the connection information doesn't have to be updated on all client machines.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
LDAP connection parameter lookup uses the connection service file
|
|
|
|
<filename>pg_service.conf</filename> (see <xref
|
|
|
|
linkend="libpq-pgservice">). A line in a
|
|
|
|
<filename>pg_service.conf</filename> stanza that starts with
|
|
|
|
<literal>ldap://</literal> will be recognized as an LDAP URL and an
|
|
|
|
LDAP query will be performed. The result must be a list of
|
|
|
|
<literal>keyword = value</literal> pairs which will be used to set
|
|
|
|
connection options. The URL must conform to RFC 1959 and be of the
|
|
|
|
form
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
ldap://[<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]]/<replaceable>search_base</replaceable>?<replaceable>attribute</replaceable>?<replaceable>search_scope</replaceable>?<replaceable>filter</replaceable>
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
where <replaceable>hostname</replaceable> defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>localhost</literal> and <replaceable>port</replaceable>
|
|
|
|
defaults to 389.
|
Modify libpq's string-escaping routines to be aware of encoding considerations
and standard_conforming_strings. The encoding changes are needed for proper
escaping in multibyte encodings, as per the SQL-injection vulnerabilities
noted in CVE-2006-2313 and CVE-2006-2314. Concurrent fixes are being applied
to the server to ensure that it rejects queries that may have been corrupted
by attempted SQL injection, but this merely guarantees that unpatched clients
will fail rather than allow injection. An actual fix requires changing the
client-side code. While at it we have also fixed these routines to understand
about standard_conforming_strings, so that the upcoming changeover to SQL-spec
string syntax can be somewhat transparent to client code.
Since the existing API of PQescapeString and PQescapeBytea provides no way to
inform them which settings are in use, these functions are now deprecated in
favor of new functions PQescapeStringConn and PQescapeByteaConn. The new
functions take the PGconn to which the string will be sent as an additional
parameter, and look inside the connection structure to determine what to do.
So as to provide some functionality for clients using the old functions,
libpq stores the latest encoding and standard_conforming_strings values
received from the backend in static variables, and the old functions consult
these variables. This will work reliably in clients using only one Postgres
connection at a time, or even multiple connections if they all use the same
encoding and string syntax settings; which should cover many practical
scenarios.
Clients that use homebrew escaping methods, such as PHP's addslashes()
function or even hardwired regexp substitution, will require extra effort
to fix :-(. It is strongly recommended that such code be replaced by use of
PQescapeStringConn/PQescapeByteaConn if at all feasible.
2006-05-21 22:19:23 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Processing of <filename>pg_service.conf</filename> is terminated after
|
|
|
|
a successful LDAP lookup, but is continued if the LDAP server cannot
|
|
|
|
be contacted. This is to provide a fallback with further LDAP URL
|
|
|
|
lines that point to different LDAP servers, classical <literal>keyword
|
|
|
|
= value</literal> pairs, or default connection options. If you would
|
|
|
|
rather get an error message in this case, add a syntactically incorrect
|
|
|
|
line after the LDAP URL.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A sample LDAP entry that has been created with the LDIF file
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
version:1
|
|
|
|
dn:cn=mydatabase,dc=mycompany,dc=com
|
|
|
|
changetype:add
|
|
|
|
objectclass:top
|
|
|
|
objectclass:groupOfUniqueNames
|
|
|
|
cn:mydatabase
|
|
|
|
uniqueMember:host=dbserver.mycompany.com
|
|
|
|
uniqueMember:port=5439
|
|
|
|
uniqueMember:dbname=mydb
|
|
|
|
uniqueMember:user=mydb_user
|
|
|
|
uniqueMember:sslmode=require
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
might be queried with the following LDAP URL:
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
ldap://ldap.mycompany.com/dc=mycompany,dc=com?uniqueMember?one?(cn=mydatabase)
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-14 16:31:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
You can also mix regular service file entries with LDAP lookups.
|
|
|
|
A complete example for a stanza in <filename>pg_service.conf</filename>
|
|
|
|
would be:
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
# only host and port are stored in LDAP, specify dbname and user explicitly
|
|
|
|
[customerdb]
|
|
|
|
dbname=customer
|
|
|
|
user=appuser
|
|
|
|
ldap://ldap.acme.com/cn=dbserver,cn=hosts?pgconnectinfo?base?(objectclass=*)
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2007-09-14 16:54:25 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-ssl">
|
|
|
|
<title>SSL Support</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-ssl">
|
|
|
|
<primary>SSL</primary>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2004-09-27 00:51:49 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> has native support for using <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connections to encrypt client/server communications for increased
|
|
|
|
security. See <xref linkend="ssl-tcp"> for details about the server-side
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> functionality.
|
2004-09-27 00:51:49 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-16 03:59:41 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-02-16 17:37:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> reads the system-wide
|
|
|
|
<productname>OpenSSL</productname> configuration file. By default, this
|
|
|
|
file is named <filename>openssl.cnf</filename> and is located in the
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
directory reported by <literal>openssl version -d</>. This default
|
|
|
|
can be overridden by setting environment variable
|
2007-02-16 17:37:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>OPENSSL_CONF</envar> to the name of the desired configuration
|
|
|
|
file.
|
2007-02-16 03:59:41 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2004-09-27 00:51:49 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-12-25 05:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
To verify the server certificate is trustworthy, place certificates of
|
|
|
|
the certificate authorities (<acronym>CA</acronym>) you trust in the
|
|
|
|
file <filename>~/.postgresql/root.crt</> in the user's home directory.
|
|
|
|
(On Microsoft Windows the file is named
|
|
|
|
<filename>%APPDATA%\postgresql\root.crt</filename>.)
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> will then verify that the server's
|
|
|
|
certificate is signed by one of the trusted certificate authorities.
|
|
|
|
The SSL connection will fail if the server does not present a trusted
|
|
|
|
certificate. Certificate Revocation List (CRL) entries are also checked
|
|
|
|
if the file <filename>~/.postgresql/root.crl</filename> exists
|
|
|
|
(<filename>%APPDATA%\postgresql\root.crl</filename> on Microsoft
|
|
|
|
Windows).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If the server requests a trusted client certificate,
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> will send the certificate stored in
|
2007-12-25 05:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
file <filename>~/.postgresql/postgresql.crt</> in the user's home
|
|
|
|
directory. The certificate must be signed by one of the certificate
|
|
|
|
authorities (<acronym>CA</acronym>) trusted by the server. A matching
|
|
|
|
private key file <filename>~/.postgresql/postgresql.key</> must also
|
|
|
|
be present, unless the secret key for the certificate is stored in a
|
|
|
|
hardware token, as specified by <envar>PGSSLKEY</envar>. (On Microsoft
|
|
|
|
Windows these files are named
|
|
|
|
<filename>%APPDATA%\postgresql\postgresql.crt</filename> and
|
|
|
|
<filename>%APPDATA%\postgresql\postgresql.key</filename>.) The private
|
|
|
|
key file must not be world-readable.
|
2004-09-27 00:51:49 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-16 03:59:41 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If the environment variable <envar>PGSSLKEY</envar> is set, its value
|
|
|
|
should consist of a colon-separated engine name and key identifier. In
|
|
|
|
this case, <application>libpq</application> will load the specified
|
|
|
|
engine, i.e. the <productname>OpenSSL</> module which supports special
|
2007-02-16 17:37:29 +01:00
|
|
|
hardware, and reference the key with the specified identifier.
|
2007-02-16 03:59:41 +01:00
|
|
|
Identifiers are engine-specific. Typically, cryptography hardware tokens
|
|
|
|
do not reveal secret keys to the application. Instead, applications
|
|
|
|
delegate all cryptography operations which require the secret key to
|
|
|
|
the hardware token.
|
2007-02-16 04:50:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2005-10-24 17:38:37 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
If you are using <acronym>SSL</> inside your application (in addition
|
|
|
|
to inside <application>libpq</application>), you can use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQinitSSL(int)</> to tell <application>libpq</application>
|
|
|
|
that the <acronym>SSL</> library has already been initialized by your
|
|
|
|
application.
|
2005-10-24 17:38:37 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-threading">
|
|
|
|
<title>Behavior in Threaded Programs</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-threading">
|
|
|
|
<primary>threads</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> is reentrant and thread-safe if the
|
|
|
|
<filename>configure</filename> command-line option
|
|
|
|
<literal>--enable-thread-safety</> was used when the
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> distribution was built. In
|
|
|
|
addition, you might need to use additional compiler command-line
|
|
|
|
options when you compile your application code. Refer to your
|
|
|
|
system's documentation for information about how to build
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
thread-enabled applications, or look in
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<filename>src/Makefile.global</filename> for <literal>PTHREAD_CFLAGS</>
|
|
|
|
and <literal>PTHREAD_LIBS</>. This function allows the querying of
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application>'s thread-safe status:
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisthreadsafe</function>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary>PQisthreadsafe</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the thread safety status of the
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> library.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQisthreadsafe();
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if the <application>libpq</application> is thread-safe
|
|
|
|
and 0 if it is not.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
One thread restriction is that no two threads attempt to manipulate
|
|
|
|
the same <structname>PGconn</> object at the same time. In particular,
|
|
|
|
you cannot issue concurrent commands from different threads through
|
|
|
|
the same connection object. (If you need to run concurrent commands,
|
|
|
|
use multiple connections.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> objects are read-only after creation, and so
|
|
|
|
can be passed around freely between threads.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The deprecated functions <function>PQrequestCancel</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoidStatus</function> are not thread-safe and should not be
|
|
|
|
used in multithread programs. <function>PQrequestCancel</function>
|
|
|
|
can be replaced by <function>PQcancel</function>.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoidStatus</function> can be replaced by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQoidValue</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If you are using Kerberos inside your application (in addition to inside
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application>), you will need to do locking around
|
|
|
|
Kerberos calls because Kerberos functions are not thread-safe. See
|
|
|
|
function <function>PQregisterThreadLock</> in the
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> source code for a way to do cooperative
|
|
|
|
locking between <application>libpq</application> and your application.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If you experience problems with threaded applications, run the program
|
|
|
|
in <filename>src/tools/thread</> to see if your platform has
|
|
|
|
thread-unsafe functions. This program is run by
|
|
|
|
<filename>configure</filename>, but for binary distributions your
|
|
|
|
library might not match the library used to build the binaries.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-build">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Building <application>libpq</application> Programs</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-build">
|
|
|
|
<primary>compiling</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>libpq applications</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2004-12-28 23:47:15 +01:00
|
|
|
To build (i.e., compile and link) a program using
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> you need to do all of the following
|
|
|
|
things:
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Include the <filename>libpq-fe.h</filename> header file:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
2001-09-04 02:18:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <libpq-fe.h>
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
If you failed to do that then you will normally get error messages
|
|
|
|
from your compiler similar to
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
foo.c: In function `main':
|
|
|
|
foo.c:34: `PGconn' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:35: `PGresult' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:54: `CONNECTION_BAD' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:68: `PGRES_COMMAND_OK' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:95: `PGRES_TUPLES_OK' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-11-21 06:53:41 +01:00
|
|
|
Point your compiler to the directory where the <productname>PostgreSQL</> header
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
files were installed, by supplying the
|
|
|
|
<literal>-I<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal> option
|
|
|
|
to your compiler. (In some cases the compiler will look into
|
|
|
|
the directory in question by default, so you can omit this
|
|
|
|
option.) For instance, your compile command line could look
|
|
|
|
like:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
cc -c -I/usr/local/pgsql/include testprog.c
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
If you are using makefiles then add the option to the
|
|
|
|
<varname>CPPFLAGS</varname> variable:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
CPPFLAGS += -I/usr/local/pgsql/include
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If there is any chance that your program might be compiled by
|
|
|
|
other users then you should not hardcode the directory location
|
|
|
|
like that. Instead, you can run the utility
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<command>pg_config</command><indexterm><primary>pg_config</><secondary
|
|
|
|
sortas="libpq">with libpq</></> to find out where the header
|
|
|
|
files are on the local system:
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
<prompt>$</prompt> pg_config --includedir
|
|
|
|
<computeroutput>/usr/local/include</computeroutput>
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Failure to specify the correct option to the compiler will
|
|
|
|
result in an error message such as
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.c:8:22: libpq-fe.h: No such file or directory
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When linking the final program, specify the option
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>-lpq</literal> so that the <application>libpq</application>
|
|
|
|
library gets pulled in, as well as the option
|
|
|
|
<literal>-L<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal> to point
|
|
|
|
the compiler to the directory where the
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> library resides. (Again, the
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
compiler will search some directories by default.) For maximum
|
|
|
|
portability, put the <option>-L</option> option before the
|
|
|
|
<option>-lpq</option> option. For example:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
cc -o testprog testprog1.o testprog2.o -L/usr/local/pgsql/lib -lpq
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
You can find out the library directory using
|
|
|
|
<command>pg_config</command> as well:
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
<prompt>$</prompt> pg_config --libdir
|
|
|
|
<computeroutput>/usr/local/pgsql/lib</computeroutput>
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
Error messages that point to problems in this area could look like
|
|
|
|
the following.
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o: In function `main':
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o(.text+0x60): undefined reference to `PQsetdbLogin'
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o(.text+0x71): undefined reference to `PQstatus'
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o(.text+0xa4): undefined reference to `PQerrorMessage'
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
This means you forgot <option>-lpq</option>.
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lpq
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
2007-09-02 00:08:41 +02:00
|
|
|
This means you forgot the <option>-L</option> option or did not
|
|
|
|
specify the right directory.
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-example">
|
|
|
|
<title>Example Programs</title>
|
2007-09-02 01:06:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These examples and others can be found in the
|
|
|
|
directory <filename>src/test/examples</filename> in the source code
|
|
|
|
distribution.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<example id="libpq-example-1">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> Example Program 1</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
* testlibpq.c
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* Test the C version of libpq, the PostgreSQL frontend library.
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "libpq-fe.h"
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
static void
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
exit(1);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
const char *conninfo;
|
|
|
|
PGconn *conn;
|
|
|
|
PGresult *res;
|
|
|
|
int nFields;
|
|
|
|
int i,
|
|
|
|
j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as the
|
|
|
|
* conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=postgres and using
|
|
|
|
* environment variables or defaults for all other connection parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (argc > 1)
|
|
|
|
conninfo = argv[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
conninfo = "dbname = postgres";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a connection to the database */
|
|
|
|
conn = PQconnectdb(conninfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
|
|
|
|
if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database failed: %s",
|
|
|
|
PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Our test case here involves using a cursor, for which we must be inside
|
|
|
|
* a transaction block. We could do the whole thing with a single
|
|
|
|
* PQexec() of "select * from pg_database", but that's too trivial to make
|
|
|
|
* a good example.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start a transaction block */
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "BEGIN");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "BEGIN command failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Should PQclear PGresult whenever it is no longer needed to avoid memory
|
|
|
|
* leaks
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Fetch rows from pg_database, the system catalog of databases
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "DECLARE myportal CURSOR FOR select * from pg_database");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "DECLARE CURSOR failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "FETCH ALL in myportal");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "FETCH ALL failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* first, print out the attribute names */
|
|
|
|
nFields = PQnfields(res);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nFields; i++)
|
|
|
|
printf("%-15s", PQfname(res, i));
|
|
|
|
printf("\n\n");
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* next, print out the rows */
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < PQntuples(res); i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < nFields; j++)
|
|
|
|
printf("%-15s", PQgetvalue(res, i, j));
|
|
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* close the portal ... we don't bother to check for errors ... */
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "CLOSE myportal");
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* end the transaction */
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "END");
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* close the connection to the database and cleanup */
|
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<example id="libpq-example-2">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> Example Program 2</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* testlibpq2.c
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* Test of the asynchronous notification interface
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* Start this program, then from psql in another window do
|
|
|
|
* NOTIFY TBL2;
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* Repeat four times to get this program to exit.
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* Or, if you want to get fancy, try this:
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* populate a database with the following commands
|
|
|
|
* (provided in src/test/examples/testlibpq2.sql):
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE TABLE TBL1 (i int4);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE TABLE TBL2 (i int4);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE RULE r1 AS ON INSERT TO TBL1 DO
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* (INSERT INTO TBL2 VALUES (new.i); NOTIFY TBL2);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* and do this four times:
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* INSERT INTO TBL1 VALUES (10);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <errno.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/time.h>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "libpq-fe.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
static void
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
exit(1);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
const char *conninfo;
|
|
|
|
PGconn *conn;
|
|
|
|
PGresult *res;
|
|
|
|
PGnotify *notify;
|
|
|
|
int nnotifies;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as the
|
|
|
|
* conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=postgres and using
|
|
|
|
* environment variables or defaults for all other connection parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (argc > 1)
|
|
|
|
conninfo = argv[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
conninfo = "dbname = postgres";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a connection to the database */
|
|
|
|
conn = PQconnectdb(conninfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
|
|
|
|
if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database failed: %s",
|
|
|
|
PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Issue LISTEN command to enable notifications from the rule's NOTIFY.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "LISTEN TBL2");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "LISTEN command failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* should PQclear PGresult whenever it is no longer needed to avoid memory
|
|
|
|
* leaks
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Quit after four notifies are received. */
|
|
|
|
nnotifies = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (nnotifies < 4)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* Sleep until something happens on the connection. We use select(2)
|
|
|
|
* to wait for input, but you could also use poll() or similar
|
|
|
|
* facilities.
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
int sock;
|
|
|
|
fd_set input_mask;
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
sock = PQsocket(conn);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
if (sock < 0)
|
|
|
|
break; /* shouldn't happen */
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
FD_ZERO(&input_mask);
|
|
|
|
FD_SET(sock, &input_mask);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (select(sock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 0)
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "select() failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* Now check for input */
|
|
|
|
PQconsumeInput(conn);
|
|
|
|
while ((notify = PQnotifies(conn)) != NULL)
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr,
|
|
|
|
"ASYNC NOTIFY of '%s' received from backend pid %d\n",
|
|
|
|
notify->relname, notify->be_pid);
|
|
|
|
PQfreemem(notify);
|
|
|
|
nnotifies++;
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Done.\n");
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* close the connection to the database and cleanup */
|
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<example id="libpq-example-3">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> Example Program 3</>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* testlibpq3.c
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* Test out-of-line parameters and binary I/O.
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* Before running this, populate a database with the following commands
|
|
|
|
* (provided in src/test/examples/testlibpq3.sql):
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE TABLE test1 (i int4, t text, b bytea);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* INSERT INTO test1 values (1, 'joe''s place', '\\000\\001\\002\\003\\004');
|
|
|
|
* INSERT INTO test1 values (2, 'ho there', '\\004\\003\\002\\001\\000');
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* The expected output is:
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* tuple 0: got
|
|
|
|
* i = (4 bytes) 1
|
|
|
|
* t = (11 bytes) 'joe's place'
|
|
|
|
* b = (5 bytes) \000\001\002\003\004
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* tuple 0: got
|
|
|
|
* i = (4 bytes) 2
|
|
|
|
* t = (8 bytes) 'ho there'
|
|
|
|
* b = (5 bytes) \004\003\002\001\000
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "libpq-fe.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
/* for ntohl/htonl */
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <arpa/inet.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
exit(1);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function prints a query result that is a binary-format fetch from
|
|
|
|
* a table defined as in the comment above. We split it out because the
|
|
|
|
* main() function uses it twice.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
show_binary_results(PGresult *res)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
int i,
|
|
|
|
j;
|
|
|
|
int i_fnum,
|
|
|
|
t_fnum,
|
|
|
|
b_fnum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Use PQfnumber to avoid assumptions about field order in result */
|
|
|
|
i_fnum = PQfnumber(res, "i");
|
|
|
|
t_fnum = PQfnumber(res, "t");
|
|
|
|
b_fnum = PQfnumber(res, "b");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < PQntuples(res); i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *iptr;
|
|
|
|
char *tptr;
|
|
|
|
char *bptr;
|
|
|
|
int blen;
|
|
|
|
int ival;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the field values (we ignore possibility they are null!) */
|
|
|
|
iptr = PQgetvalue(res, i, i_fnum);
|
|
|
|
tptr = PQgetvalue(res, i, t_fnum);
|
|
|
|
bptr = PQgetvalue(res, i, b_fnum);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* The binary representation of INT4 is in network byte order, which
|
|
|
|
* we'd better coerce to the local byte order.
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
ival = ntohl(*((uint32_t *) iptr));
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* The binary representation of TEXT is, well, text, and since libpq
|
|
|
|
* was nice enough to append a zero byte to it, it'll work just fine
|
|
|
|
* as a C string.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The binary representation of BYTEA is a bunch of bytes, which could
|
|
|
|
* include embedded nulls so we have to pay attention to field length.
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
blen = PQgetlength(res, i, b_fnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
printf("tuple %d: got\n", i);
|
|
|
|
printf(" i = (%d bytes) %d\n",
|
|
|
|
PQgetlength(res, i, i_fnum), ival);
|
|
|
|
printf(" t = (%d bytes) '%s'\n",
|
|
|
|
PQgetlength(res, i, t_fnum), tptr);
|
|
|
|
printf(" b = (%d bytes) ", blen);
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < blen; j++)
|
|
|
|
printf("\\%03o", bptr[j]);
|
|
|
|
printf("\n\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const char *conninfo;
|
|
|
|
PGconn *conn;
|
|
|
|
PGresult *res;
|
|
|
|
const char *paramValues[1];
|
|
|
|
int paramLengths[1];
|
|
|
|
int paramFormats[1];
|
|
|
|
uint32_t binaryIntVal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as the
|
|
|
|
* conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=postgres and using
|
|
|
|
* environment variables or defaults for all other connection parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (argc > 1)
|
|
|
|
conninfo = argv[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
conninfo = "dbname = postgres";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a connection to the database */
|
|
|
|
conn = PQconnectdb(conninfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
|
|
|
|
if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database failed: %s",
|
|
|
|
PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The point of this program is to illustrate use of PQexecParams() with
|
|
|
|
* out-of-line parameters, as well as binary transmission of data.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This first example transmits the parameters as text, but receives the
|
|
|
|
* results in binary format. By using out-of-line parameters we can
|
|
|
|
* avoid a lot of tedious mucking about with quoting and escaping, even
|
|
|
|
* though the data is text. Notice how we don't have to do anything
|
|
|
|
* special with the quote mark in the parameter value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here is our out-of-line parameter value */
|
|
|
|
paramValues[0] = "joe's place";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = PQexecParams(conn,
|
|
|
|
"SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1",
|
|
|
|
1, /* one param */
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* let the backend deduce param type */
|
|
|
|
paramValues,
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* don't need param lengths since text */
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* default to all text params */
|
|
|
|
1); /* ask for binary results */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "SELECT failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
show_binary_results(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* In this second example we transmit an integer parameter in binary
|
|
|
|
* form, and again retrieve the results in binary form.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Although we tell PQexecParams we are letting the backend deduce
|
|
|
|
* parameter type, we really force the decision by casting the parameter
|
|
|
|
* symbol in the query text. This is a good safety measure when sending
|
|
|
|
* binary parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert integer value "2" to network byte order */
|
|
|
|
binaryIntVal = htonl((uint32_t) 2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set up parameter arrays for PQexecParams */
|
|
|
|
paramValues[0] = (char *) &binaryIntVal;
|
|
|
|
paramLengths[0] = sizeof(binaryIntVal);
|
|
|
|
paramFormats[0] = 1; /* binary */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = PQexecParams(conn,
|
|
|
|
"SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4",
|
|
|
|
1, /* one param */
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* let the backend deduce param type */
|
|
|
|
paramValues,
|
|
|
|
paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
1); /* ask for binary results */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "SELECT failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
show_binary_results(res);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
/* close the connection to the database and cleanup */
|
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-21 01:57:52 +02:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</chapter>
|